Full text of "The Nautilus"

See other formats

THE

NAUTILUS

A QUARTERLY JOURNAL

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

VOL. 51
JULY, 1937 to APRIL, 1938

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

HENRY A. PILSBRY

Curator of the Department of Mollusks and Marine Invertebrates,

Academy of Natural Sciences

H. BURRINGTON BAKER

Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania

Philadelphia, Pa.

THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING CO.
LANCASTER, PA.

CONTENTS

Names of new genera and species in italics

Acrorbis petricola Odhner 107

Admete viridula Fabr 116

Alabama, mollusks of a palmetto pasture 105

American Malacological Union 68

Anguispira rugoderma Hubricht 131

Anodonta cataracta Say, growth of 134

Archachatina marginata (Sw.) 33

Aurinia torrei Pils 37

Bela auct 118

Bulimulus dealbatus jonesi Clch 18

Callistochiton connellyi Willett 25

Carychium perexiguum F. C. Bkr 128

Cassis madagascariensis Lam., food of 34

Cerion fernandina Clch 20

Cerion malonei Clch 19

Cerion mcleani Clch 22

Cerion stevensoni Dall 23

Chama sinuosa firma P. & M 76

Chamidae of Florida 73, 143

Champlain Lake, fauna of 8

Circulus stirophorus M. Sm 67

Conus cumingi Reeve 3

Conus signae Bartsch 3

Cypraeidae from Central Pacific islands 1

Dinotropis harringtoni Pils. & Ckll 25

Drymaeus fusagasuanus Pils 33

Echinochama arcinella cornuta Conr 79

Engina turbinella Kien 89

Epiphragmophora Doering 24

Epiphragmophora orcutti Bartsch 33

Epitoniidae, West Coast 4

Epitonium cochlea Sowb 67

Family names, selection of 33

50779

IV THE NAUTILUS

Florida, Tertiary mollusks of 65, 88

Goniooasis effosa M. Sm 91

Goodrich, Calvin 144

Qyraulus pattersoni F. C. Bkr 129

Helminthoglypta arrosa mattolensis A. G. Sm 83

Helminthoglypta arrosa pomoensis A. G. Sm 81

Helminthoglypta arrosa williamsi A. G. Sm 79

Helminthoglypta ayresiana Nc 71

Helminthoglypta calif orniensis Lea 36

Helminthoglypta carpenteri Nc. 10

Helminthoglypta cuyama Hanna & Smith 15

Helminthoglypta hertleini Hanna & Smith 16

Helminthoglypta similans Hanna & Smith 13

Helminthoglypta sonoma Pils 35

Helminthoglypta traski misiona Chace 60

Helminthoglypta tudiculata rex Ch. & Sm 119

Helix badia Fer 27

Helix laetea Mull, in America 132

Helix pomatia in Jackson, Mich 61

Henderson, Junius 97

Hygromia striolata C. Pfr 137

Ilyanassa floridana M. Sm 89

Litorina minima Wood 113

Lora, Gistel 115

Loripinus schrammi Crse 65

Lymnaea palustris nuttaliana Lea 72

Maury, Miss Carlotta Joaquina 143

Menetus kansasensis F. C. Bkr 129

Micrarionta harperi orcuttiana Bartsch 33

Mitra compsa M. Sm 90

Monadenia fidelis klamathica Berry 31

Monadenia fidelis leonina Berry 29

Monadenia fidelis ochromphalus Berry 28

Monadenia semialba Hend 63

Morum macgintyi M. Sm 67

Murex glyptus M. Sm 89

Murex hexagonus oxytata M. Sm 89

Murex macgintyi M. Sm 88

THE NAUTILUS V

Neritina floridana M. Sm 66

Neritina virginea L., ecology of 39

Ohio, land mollusks of 55

Olivatrujilloi Clch Ill

Onehidiidae, nomenclature of 85

Opalia chacei Strong 5

Opalia evicta deBoury 6

Opalia montereyensis Dall 6

Opalia tremperi Bartsch 7

Opalia wroblewskii Morch 5

Pacific Shells, extended ranges of 100, 122

Pecten caurinus Old 144

Pecten pugetensis Oldroyd 118

Phalium erinaceum vibex L 112

Phos roycei M. Sm 90

Platevindex H. B. Baker 88

Pleurodonte guadeloupensis Pils 27

Pleurodonte guadeloupensis dominicana Pils. & Ckll 28, 34

Pleurodonte guadeloupensis roseolabrum M. Smith 27

Pleurodonte Idbeo Pils 26

Pleurotomoides Bronn 117

Polygyra appressa hubrichti Bkr 23

Polygyra chilhoweensis Lewis 17

Polygyra f errissi Pils 18

Polygyra herberti Wkr 17

Polygyra jonesiana Archer 135

Polygyra thyroidus (Say), life history 50

Pseudochama radians variegata Rve 77

Rhachista histrio Pfr 35

Rissoa bermudezi Aguayo & Rehder 35

Rixford, Dr. Emmet 141

Santo Domingo, Marine Molusks of 109

Say 's American Conchology, notes on 43, 91, 140

Scala australis Lam 6

Scalaria pleurocostata Cpr 6

Solaropsis gibboni fairchildi Beq. & Clch 115

Spissula solidissima peninsulae M. Sm 65

Spondylus of Florida 38

VI THE NAUTILUS

Strobilops sparsicostata F. C. Baker 127

Swift, Robert 142

Tellina cala M. Sm 66

Tellina perryae M. Sm 66

Terebra flammea Lam 114

Trochonanina, type of 104

Turbo castaneus tiara M. Sm 66

Turbonilla skogsbergi Strong 54

Vertigo hibbardi F. C. Bkr 126

Xenophora, an insect mimic of 105

Xesta, type of 104

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Andrews, E. A 39

Archer, A. F 55, 105, 135

Baker, Frank C 23, 126

Baker, H. Burrington 85, 104

Bartsch, Paul 33, 36

Bequaert, Jos 34, 115

Berry, S. Stillman 28

Cawston, F. Gordon 143

Chace, E. P 60

Church, Clifford C 119

Clench, William J 17, 18, 19, 34, 109, 115

Cockerell, T. D. A 24, 33, 35, 71, 97

Eyerdam, Walter J 63, 72, 100, 122

Foster, Thural Dale 50

Fulton, Hugh C 38

Gregg, Wendell 0 118

Hanna, G. Dallas 10

Hertlein, L. G 144

Howell, B. F 8

Hubricht, Leslie 131

Ingram, William Marcus 1

Lyman, Frank B 34, 143

MacGinty, Tom 73

Oughton, John 137

Pilsbry, Henry A 24, 26, 33, 35, 37, 73, 107

Rehder, Harold A 34

Richards, Horace G 8

Robertson, Mrs. Harold R 68

Rodeck, Hugo G 108

Smith, Allyn G 10, 79, 107, 119

Smith, Maxwell 65, 88

Strong, A. M 4, 54

Van Cleave, Harley J 50

Van der Schalie, Henry 132, 134

Wheeler, H. E 43, 91, 140

Willett, George 25

vii

The nautilus

Vol. 51 July, 1937 No. 1

CYPRAEIDAE FROM CHRISTMAS, PALMYRA,

WASHINGTON, AND FANNING

ISLANDS

BY WILLIAM MAECUS INGEAM
University of Hawaii

Christmas, Palmyra, Washington, and Fanning Islands are
situated in the north equatorial region of the Pacific Ocean. This
short chain of atolls has a northwest-southeast trend and is some-
what parallel with the Hawaiian group, but about one thousand
miles south of the latter and in close proximity to the equator.

Of the four islands Christmas is the most eastern and also near-
est the equator, being 1° 57' N. Lat. and 157° 27' W. Long. Pal-
myra is the most northern and western with a position of 5° 49' 4"
N. Lat. and approximately 162° 11' 30" W. Long. Fanning
Island lies about 145 miles northwest of Christmas Island in lati-
tude 30° 51' 25", and 66 miles northwest of Fanning is Washington
Island with Palmyra 126 miles to the northwest of it.

Very little information regarding this group of islands was
available until recent times, and it has only been within the past
few years that efforts have been made to carry out comprehensive
scientific investigations of these typical mid-Pacific atolls.

The earliest contribution to the biology of the islands of this
group was made in 1877 by Dr. Thomas H. Streets and Dr. Wil-
liam H. Jones, surgeons in the United States Navy. Their sys-
tematic report is based on material collected during a survey of the
islands of the North Pacific by the United States ship Portsmouth
in 1873-74.1 It records 13 species of plants, 13 of birds, 36 of
fishes, and 10 of crustaceans collected at Christmas, Palmyra,

1 Streets, Thomas H., Contributions to the Natural History of the Ha-
waiian and Fanning Islands and Lower California, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 7, 1877.

2 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

"Washington, and Fanning Islands. That a larger collection of
invertebrate fauna was made at this time is indicated by Dr.
Streets when he says, ' ' Excepting the crustaceans, the invertebrate
portion of the collection is excluded from this bulletin" (foot-
note, p. 7).

The purpose of this paper is to record cowries from the waters
about these islands, and to supplement and extend knowledge of
the distribution of the family Cypraeidae in the Pacific. The
records are based on specimens collected in 1924 by the Whippoor-
will expedition from the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu,
Hawaii, and upon specimens from Palmyra in the author's collec-
tion.

A total of twenty-six species is represented. Of this number
all but six have also been reported from Hawaii.2 Apparently the
most common species of cowries from these islands are Cypraea
moneta Linnaeus, Cypraea intermedia Kiener, and Cypraea
capnt-serpentis, Linnaeus.

Cypraea annulus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1179, 1767.

Cypraea arenosa Gray. Zool. Jour., i. p. 147, pi. 7, 12, f. 6, 1824.

Cypraea caput-serpentis Linnaeus. Syst. Nat.,. p. 1175, 1767.

Cypraea carneola Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1174, 1767. The
specimens in the collections are uniformly small. This may be a
racial character.

Cypraea childreni Gray. Zool. Journal, vol. i, p. 518, 1824.

Cypraea cicercula Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1181, 1767.

Cypraea cruenta Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3420, 1790.

Cypraea erosa Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1179, 1767. The shells
of this species are of good size, and much lighter in the dorsal
coloration than shells from nearby Samoa and Fiji.

Cypraea fimbriata Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3420, 1790.

Cypraea helvola Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1180, 1767. This
common and widely distributed Indo-Pacific species varies geo-
graphically in the intensity of its dorsal and ventral colorations.
The variety from these islands is characterized by its deep orange
base and margins.

Cypraea intermedia Gray. Zool. Jour., i, p. 77, 1824.

2 Ingram, William M., The Family Cypraeidae in the Hawaiian Islands,
Nautilus, Jan., 1937.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 3

Cypraea irrorata Solander. Zool. Jour., iv, p. 80, 1828.

Cypraea Isabella Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1177, 1767. This
species is not uncommon. The dorsal surface is very light, and
in most cases the characteristic black flecks on the dorsal surface
are much reduced and light brown in color. The extremities are
deep orange.

Cypraea lynx Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767.

Cypraea mauritiana Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., 1176, 1767.

Cypraea moneta Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1178, 1767.

Cypraea nucleus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1181, 1767.

Cypraea poraria Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1180, 1767.

Cypraea punctulata Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3404, 1790.

Cypraea reticulata Martyn. Universal Conch., pi. 15, 1782.

Cypraea scurra Chemnitz. Conch., vol. x, pi. 144, p. 103, f.
1338, 1788.

Cypraea talpa Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1174, 1767.

Cypraea testudinaria Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1173, 1767.

Cypraea tigris Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767. The shells
from these islands are small compared with the large, heavy shells
from Tongatabu.

Cypraea vitellus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767.

A NEW WEST AMERICAN CONE

BY PAUL BARTSCH

Conus signae, new species. Plate 2, figure 8.

1849. Conus cumingi Reeve, Conch. Icon. Suppl. pi. 8, f. 277. Not Conus
cumingi Reeve, ibid., suppl. pi. 3, f. 282.

Shell biconic, with the spire very depressed and concave. The
spire is brownish orange, blotched and variegated with white,
while the body whorl is roseate with brownish suffusions and
streaks of flesh color or white. A faint median pale zone is pres-
ent. Nuclear whorls questionable. The shoulder of the whorls
with a rounded thread at the periphery, crossed by rather strong,
protractively curved lines of growth and numerous, very fine
spiral lirations. The last whorl bears 20 or more slender spiral
threads, which grow successively weaker from the base posteri-
orly. The entire surface of the shell is marked by fine lines of
growth and slender spiral lirations, with much finer, very wavy
spiral striations, which give to the surface a beautiful silky tex-
ture ; interior white with a rosy flush.

4 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

The specimen described and figured, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 37399,
comes from Guaymas, and measures : Length 58 mm. ; diameter
30.5 mm.

Another specimen, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 23698, an even larger
specimen, measuring : Length 65.5 mm. ; diameter 38 mm., also
comes from Guaymas.

U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 111235 contains six tips from Panama;
U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 96782, four tips from the U. S. Bureau
of Fisheries Station 2837, off Cedros Island, 23 fathoms, on fine
sand bottom, is believed to belong here.

As my references cite, Reeve created a homonym of Conus
cumingi when he bestowed that name upon the specimen from
Salango ''West Colombia." Specimens from the Gulf of Cali-
fornia and off the coast of Lower California seem to satisfy
Reeve's second description and figure, but it is possible that the
Colombian form may be distinct. I am therefore describing the
Lower Californian material as a distinct species with which
Reeve's homonym will probably prove to be conspecific.

NOTES ON WEST COAST EPITONIIDAE

BY A. M. STRONG

The writer had occasion recently to study a number of speci-
mens of Epitoniidae from Vancouver Island, British Columbia,
and in connection with this work it was found that changes will
have to be made in the nomenclature of some west coast species.
Dall in his "Summary of the Marine Shellbearing Mollusks of
the Northwest Coast of America"1 included two species under the
subgenus Opalia H. & A. Adams, 1853, namely 0. wroblewskii
Morch, 1876, and 0. evicta De Boury, 1919.

The name S. wroblewskii was suggested by Morch for the shell
which had previously gone under the name Scalaria borealis
Gould, 1852, that name having been preoccupied by Beck in 1839.
Grant has called attention2 to the fact that Tapparone-Canefri
had also suggested3 the name gouldi for this shell in a paper dated

i Bull. 112, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1921, p. 113.

2 Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., No. 43, 1932, p. 1064.

3 Jour, de Conch., vol. 24, 1876, p. 154.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 5

April 1, 1876 (not 1874 as stated) . The paper by Morch to which
Dall and Grant refer* was also dated 1876. Dr. Pilsbry in a re-
cent letter states that the date on which the publication contain-
ing the Morch paper was issued is not definitely known but that
Morch first suggested the new name in a Danish paper5 presented
in 1874 and published early in 1875. It therefore appears that
the name wroblewskii has clear priority though the date and ref-
erence will have to be corrected.

Opalia wroblewskii (PI. 2, fig. 10) is a northern shell not un-
common at Vancouver Island and on the Alaskan coast. In im-
mature specimens there are 8 to 10 strong varices, a strong basal
keel and a distinct basal disk. Fully mature specimens, which
reach a length of 35 mm. or more, have the lower whorls nearly
smooth, with the basal keel faint and the base rounded. Exami-
nation of a series of specimens from Forrester Island, Alaska, in
the Willett collection, one of which is figured, show that a varying
number of the upper whorls have a chalky outer layer which in
the interspaces between the varices shows regular rows of micro-
scopic punctations. This layer is rubbed off in beach-worn speci-
mens and on the later whorls of the adult shell.

Opalia chacei, n. sp. (pi. 2, fig. 9). Closely related to the pre-
ceding species, and in some collections confused with it, is a more
southern shell which is somewhat smaller, heavier, and propor-
tionately broader. The eight heavy varices continue over the
body whorl to the well-defined basal disk at all stages of growth,
and the punctation of the outer layer of the shell is distinct in
well preserved specimens. This may take the name of Opalia
chacei. The type, No. 1045, in the collection of the Los Angeles
Museum, Los Angeles, California, was collected by E. P. and E.
M. Chace at Crescent City, California. It measures : length 28.3,
maximum diameter 11.1 mm. Additional specimens were col-
lected by Mr. and Mrs. Chace at Crescent City and on the coast
of Mendocino County, California. The writer has collected speci-
mens at Half Moon Bay, near San Francisco, and Mr. George
Willett has dredged a specimen off Catalina Island.

4 Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., ser. 3, vol. 8, 1876, p. 190.

5 Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den nat. i Kjobenhavn, Aaret 1874, 1875,
p. 251.

6 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

The type of Opalia is given by De Boury6 as Scala australis
Lamarck, Recent, Australia, and is well figured by Reeve.7 It is
quite similar to 0. chacei, having similar heavy varices and basal
disk bounded by a cord. An examination of a fresh specimen in
the collection of H. N. Lowe shows definite indications of a simi-
lar punctate outer layer on the upper whorls. It would seem that
this punctate outer layer should be considered one of the impor-
tant systematic characters.

Opalia evicta De Boury, 19198 (PI. 2, fig. 11, Forrester Island,
Alaska, Willett coll.), is a new name for a shell referred to as
Scalaria pleurocostata Carpenter by Stearns, Berry and Dall in
his earlier writings. Specimens were undoubtedly so labeled by
Carpenter, but do not seem to have ever been described by him.
Dall attempted to validate the name in 19179 by a description but
the name was preoccupied by De Boury in 1913. The shell is
quite similar to 0. chacei but only about half as large, with the
first few whorls rapidly expanding and the later whorls more
cylindrical, giving a more crowded appearance to the 8 or 10
strong varices. The punctate surface of the outer layer of the
shell is very distinct in fresh specimens. The specimens exam-
ined came from Forrester Island, Alaska; Vancouver Island,
British Columbia, and off Catalina Island, California.

Opalia montereyensis (Dall), PI. 2, fig. 12, described as Cir-
sotrema montereyensis Dall,10 was described from a single speci-
men, "probably young," of five whorls, measuring 2.5 mm. in
length. It has the punctate surface, 9 solid varices and a con-
spicuous basal disk. The writer has a specimen dredged off Cata-
lina Island which is very similar but with one more whorl and
proportionally larger. It seems certain that this is the young of
some species of Opalia and the only known species having similar
apical whorls is 0. evicta. In the absence of a satisfactory growth
series it is impossible to make a positive statement but if this sup-
position is correct the name 0. evicta De Boury, 1919, will have

e Monog. Scalidae Viv. Fos., pt. 1, 1886, p. 26.
7 Keeve, Coneh. Icon., vol. 19, pi. 1, fig. 3.
s Jour, de Conch., vol. 64, 1919, p. 26.

9 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 473.

10 Nautilus, vol. 20, 1907, p. 28.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 7

to give way to 0. montereyensis (Dall), 1907. The type, 110431
U.S.N.M., from off Del Monte, Cal., in 25 fms., is figured, x 10.
The type of Cirsotrema is given by De Boury as Scala varicosa
Lamarck, which is quite different from typical Opalia, to which
this shell belongs.

Dall placed four West Coast species in the subgenus Nodiscala
De Boury11 and several species have since been added to the list.12
These all have the punctate surface and the basal disk but the
varices are faint over the whorls, expanding to form cusps crenu-
lating or pitting the sutures. The type of the subgenus Nodiscala
is Scala oicarinata Sowerby according to De Boury. It is figured
by Reeve13 as a recent shell from the Philippines. The descrip-
tion calls for a shell sculptured with obscure axial ribs and spiral
grooves, the sutures pitted and the body whorl with two heavy
spiral ridges. It would seem probable that the West Coast
species are more nearly related to typical Opalia than to this
species.

Opalia tremperi Bartsch14 is described as having faint axial
ribs forming cusps in the sutures. "The entire surface of the
spire is marked by narrow spiral cords. The spaces which sepa-
rate these cords are crossed by numerous, very slender, axial
threads which give them a decidedly pitted appearance." The
figure shows the characteristic punctate surface though the punc-
tations are larger than in the species previously mentioned.
There is no indication of a basal disk or peripheral cord. As far
as is known this species is represented in the collections only by
the type specimen. It is not typical of Opalia nor does it agree
in all ways with the species which have been placed in the sub-
genus Nodiscala.

The use of Opalia as a genus under which can be grouped the
species mentioned and probably a few other West Coast forms
would give a more satisfactory arrangement than that used by
Dall. This would make necessary a few changes in the writer's
"Key to the Subgenera of West Coast Epitoniidae,"15 but as

n Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 474.

12 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sciv 4th ser., vol. 19, No. 5, 1930, pp. 43, 46.

13 Eeeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 19, pi. 8, fig. 60.

i* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 70, 1927, p. 3, pi. 1, fig. 8.

is Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei., 4th ser., vol. 19, No. 5, 1930, p. 42.

8 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

many unfigured species remain to be investigated it is not at-
tempted to do so at this time. Acknowledgment is made to Mr.
George Willett of the Los Angeles Museum for the use of speci-
mens, assistance in securing photographs and in the preparation
of these notes.

THE FAUNA OF THE "CHAMPLAIN SEA"
OF VERMONT

BY B. F. HOWELL
Princeton University

AND

HORACE G. RICHARDS
New Jersey State Museum

The Pleistocene ' ' Champlain Sea ' ' has long been recognized in
Vermont, and scattered references to its fauna can be found
throughout the literature. Goldring,1 discussing the mollusks
of this sea in New York State, gives numerous references to
Vermont localities.

During several brief field trips in the summers of 1933, 1934,
and 1935, it was possible to visit most of the known Pleistocene
fossil localities in the State of Vermont and to obtain material
from them ; in addition, numerous new localities were discovered
and their fauna studied. Furthermore, fossils from the Pleisto-
cene of Vermont were examined in the Museum at the University
of Vermont in Burlington, and were borrowed from the Vermont
Historical Society at Montpelier.2

Deposits of the "Champlain Sea" are thought to be of late-
Wisconsin age, and extend throughout the entire St. Lawrence
Valley from the Gulf almost to Lake Ontario (Prescott, Ont.),
as well as along various tributaries of the St. Lawrence, and south-
ward into Lake Champlain. The extent of this sea has been well
mapped by Goldring. In Vermont, fossil shells have been found
as far south as Chimney Point.

i Goldring, Winifred : The Champlain Sea, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 239-40,
pp. 53-94 (1922).

2 These studies were made possible by funds from the Department of
Geology of Princeton University and the Carnegie Institution of Wash-
ington.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 9

Fossils can be found at a great many places near the shores of
Lake Champlain from Chimney Point to the Canadian border.
An accurate list of localities would be of little use because most of
these localities were of a temporary nature, and new material
could easily be obtained from shallow excavations in the same
vicinity.

Fossils were collected near Alburgh, Isle La Motte, S. Hero,
Grand Isle, Swanton, St. Albans, Colchester, Winooski, Malletts
Bay, Charlotte, Vergennes, Panton, and Chimney Point. Those
from the southern part of the lake suggest more brackish waters
and at Chimney Point only Macoma balthica (L.) and Leda
glacialis Wood were found.

Probably the best collecting localities were a small clay pit
about a mile and a half west of St. Albans on the road to St.
Albans Bay; bluffs along the Missisquoi River east of Swanton,
and bluffs on Isle La Motte, on the road to the Chazy Ferry. The
locality at Malletts Bay, frequently mentioned in the literature,
was not found to be very fruitful.

A more complete study of the fauna with synonymy and detailed
discussions of distribution, recent and Pleistocene, is to be pub-
lished elsewhere. The following is the list of species examined
by the writers from the Pleistocene of Vermont :

Macoma balthica (Linne). Abundant at practically every
locality : Alburgh, Isle La Motte, S. Hero, Grand Isle, Swanton,
St. Albans, Colchester, Winooski, Malletts Bay, Charlotte, Ver-
gennes, Panton, Chimney Point.

Saxicava arctica Linne. Next to M. balthica the most abundant
shell : Alburgh, Isle La Motte, S. Hero, Grand Isle, Swanton, St.
Albans, Malletts Bay, Panton.

Mya arenaria Linne. Alburgh, Isle La Motte, Colchester.

Yoldia glacialis Wood. St. Albans, Malletts Bay, Chimney
Point.

Macoma calcarea (Gmelin). Swanton, Malletts Bay.

Mytilus edulis Linne. Swanton, Isle La Motte (abundant), S.
Hero, St. Albans, Malletts Bay.

Cryptodon gouldii Philippi. Malletts Bay.

Cylichnaalba (Brown). St. Albans. N^l'v-4^

10 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

Balanus crenatus Bruguiere. Isle La Motte, Grand Isle, St.
Albans, Burlington.

A few other species have been reported in the literature : some
are undoubtedly synonymous with certain of the species listed
above. The presence of a few other species could not be verified,
either from our field work or from the examination of the various
collections, and therefore they are omitted here; they will, how-
ever, be discussed in a later report.

SOME NOTES ON AN OLD RACE OF CALIFORNIA

LAND SNAIL WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF

THREE NEW FORMS

BY G. DALLAS HANNA and ALLYN G. SMITH

Helminthoglypta carpenteri (Newcomb). Plate 1, figure a.

This snail has long been imperfectly known, for good material
has not been available for study and comparison with allied forms
until the last few years. Because of the heat and consequent dry-
ness of its habitat, H. carpenteri is a difficult shell to find in first-
class adult condition. Although we have not examined them,
Bartsch1 has no doubt correctly assigned specimens in the National
Museum from Maricopa and McKittrick in western Kern County,
California, to carpenteri. Eecent collecting has resulted in many
lots of this shell, which add so much to knowledge of it that the
following notes may be of interest, especially to students of the
traskii group.

The shells are extremely variable in size, as a subsequent table
of measurements shows, and we have good reason to suspect that
this variability is due in large part to the variation in rainfall
(and therefore in snail food) from season to season. The mea-
surements also show, however, that the general form of the shell
is remarkably constant.

In life the shells are semi-polished, of a beautiful straw color.
The dark brown band has one of pale cream color below, and
another rather indefinite one of the same color above. Spiral
sculpture is faint but easily detected on the last two whorls under
a magnification of x 10 and is fairly uniform over the surface of

i Bartsch, Paul, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. 51, No. 2170, 1916, pp. 617-8, pi.
115, figs. 4-6.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 11

these whorls. The nucleus is not sharply differentiated from the
remaining whorls ; its sculpture consists (when most perfectly pre-
served) of a series of tiny papulations, set on a background of
silk-like radial lines of growth. Often neither one of these mark-
ings is visible and at best they require excellent illumination and
high magnification to be seen at all.

Dead shells of carpenteri are strewn over the border of the val-
ley floor and among the foothills on the west side of Fresno,
Kings, and Kern Counties. Frequently they are found far
removed from what would appear to be suitable snail cover. Liv-
ing specimens have been found mostly in rock slides on north slopes
but sometimes in rather exposed locations. Exposures of Etche-
goin, Temblor, Tejon, and Cretaceous sandstones furnish the best
cover.

The coloration of the shell led us at one time to suspect that
carpenteri might belong to the genus Micrarionta, but an exami-
nation of the anatomy, shown in fig. 2, on page 14, indicates at
once that it should be retained in H elminthoglypta. Even so,
there are some striking features to the soft parts. The mantle is
grayish- white in color with no other color markings of any kind.
The mucous gland is double and located in a membranous sac that
permits evagination of the organ, at least in part. The details
of the genitalia are believed to be sufficiently shown in the figure
so that minute description is unnecessary.

The table of measurements following shows the extreme varia-
tion in size :

Max. Diam. Min. Diam.

Largest shell (from Lot No. 27615) 23.6 mm. 15.4 mm.

Smallest shell (from Lot No. 24807) 15.0 10.7

Average of 111 shells 19.1 12.0

The shell illustrated in the accompanying figures is haplotype
No. 7137 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. No.
27612 (C.A.S.), Chico Martinez Creek, Kern Co., California, coll.
by G. D. Hanna and C. C. Church. We have examined the lots
shown in the table on p. 12.

The last-named lot comes from the Salinas Valley, far removed
from what appears to be the normal range of carpenteri, which
is found along the western edge of the San Joaquin Valley. How-

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 51 (1)

C.A.8.

No. of

loc.

speci-

number

mens

24808

24809

24810

24844

24876

26809

24805

24134

24807

25605

27615

27612

24126

27614

27613

23350

27617

Locality

S. end of Panoche Hills 4th
large creek N. of Panoche Cr.
Fresno Co., Calif.
Sec. T18S, R15E, Domingene
Ranch Road, Fresno Co.,
Calif.

Jacalitos Cr., Fresno Co.,
Calif.

Arroyo Ciervo, Fresno Co.,
Calif.

Sec. 34, T22S, R18E, Kettle-
man Hills, Kings Co., Calif.
E. flank of N. Dome, Kettle-
man Hills, Kings Co., Calif.

1 mi. S. of Big Tar Canyon,
Kings Co., Calif.

Extreme S. end of Reef
Ridge, Kings Co., Calif.
NE. cor. Sec. 28, T25S, R18E,
on W. side of road from Dev-
il 's Den to Keek's Station,
Kern Co., Calif.
Wagonwheel Mountain, Kern
Co., Calif.

Carneros Cr., "W. side of Kern
Co., Calif.

Chico Martinez Creek, Kern
Co., Calif.

N. end of Gould Hills, Kern
Co., Calif.

Upper end of Salt Cr., "W. side
of Kern Co., Calif.
SE. side of Orchard Peak,
Kern Co., Calif.

2 mi. ~W. of Maricopa, Kern
Co., Calif.

1 mi. NE. of San Lucas, Mon-
terey Co., Calif.

Coll. by

G. D. Hanna &
C. C. Church

G. D. Hanna

C. C. Church

G. D. Hanna &

F. A. Menken

G. D. Hanna

G. D. Hanna &
J. H. Show
G. D. Hanna &
J. H. Show

C. C. Church

G. D. Hanna &
C. C. Church
C. C. Church &
G. D. Hanna
G. D. Hanna

C. C. Church &
G. D. Hanna
G. D. Hanna

G. D. Hanna

F. A. Menken

ever, a critical examination fails to show any marked differences
between these shells and carpenteri, and future collections may
prove that its range extends across the ranges of hills that sepa-
rate the two major valleys.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 13

Helminthoglypta similans, new species. PL 1, fig. d. Fig. 1.

Holotype small, thin, with slightly depressed spire; apical
angle about 105° ; umbilicus narrow; whorls 5£, well rounded, the
last more convex below than above the periphery, descending
slightly at the aperture ; peristome simple, thin, with very little
reflection, set at an angle of 30° with the vertical, its basal termi-
nation well reflected but only barely obscuring the umbilicus;
callus wash between terminations very thin. Nuclear whorls
nearly 2, wrinkled on the first half turn, the wrinkles consisting
of low, irregular ridges ; these give way on the remaining nuclear
whorls to irregularly spaced, rounded papulations, moderately
closely placed, which continue over the post-nuclear whorls above
and below and into the umbilicus; on the upper portion of the
last whorl these papulations are set more closely and in a some-
what descending spiral arrangement; lines of growth irregular,
merging into one another, not prominent ; spiral sculpture absent
or very faint ; periostracum exceedingly thin, brownish-buff, with
a revolving dark band bordered above and below by bands much
lighter in color than the remainder of the shell; bands not
sharply defined. Max. diam., 25.8 mm.; min. diam., 13.7 mm.;
alt., 9.6 mm. ; diam. of umbilicus, about 1.4 mm.

Holotype: No. 7136 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from
Loc. No. 25624 (C.A.S.), | mile SE. of Oil City, Fresno Co.,
Calif. ; G. H. Hanna and C. C. Church colls.

The separation of this form from H. carpenteri (Newc), with
which it is sometimes associated in locality range and to which it
is similar, is rather difficult in old, white-weathered dead shells.
With live or even well-preserved adult dead shells, however, the
two are easily distinguished. H. similans averages smaller in
size but the two overlap in all measurements. No good characters
separate them in the nuclear structure or shape of shell. The
shell of similans is covered with small papulations, lacking in car-
penteri, which has well-incised spiral sculpture, obsolete or not
present at all in similans. Also, the growth lines of similans join
together in an irregular manner, which is not true in carpenteri.
Shells of living specimens of the latter are more highly polished
than the former, which is duller because of its peculiar sculptur-
ing.

Of the named species of the traskii group, similans resembles
cuyamacensis, but this form is larger, has a wider umbilicus, and
is much more densety covered with papulations that do not fol-

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 51 (1)

low any particular arrangement, at least on a series of specimens
at hand from Warner's Springs, San Diego Co., Calif.

The mantle of the animal of similans is densely blotched with
black, whereas in carpenteri the mantle is entirely free of such
markings.

The range of similans lies within that of carpenteri along the
west side of the San Joaquin Valley. Except for one colony dis-
covered in the drainage of Big Tar Canyon, Kings Co., and an-
other in the Salinas Valley, it has only been found in a limited
area in the vicinity of Coalinga, Fresno Co. Usually it seems to
occupy rocky hillsides farther removed from the valley floor than
carpenteri and this may possibly account for its relatively recent
discovery in a well-known territory. The two species do not
occur in the same colonies, at least not normally.

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Max. diam. Altitude

Largest shell 18.5 mm. 12.0 mm.

Smallest shell 14.0 " 8.5 "

Average of 53 shells 14.9 " 10.2 "

Coalmine Creek, Fresno Co. (C.A.S. Loc. No. 24806) :

25624 23 f mi. SE. of Oil City, Fresno G. D. Hanna &

Co., Calif. Type lot. C. C. Church

25607 16 Jacalitos Creek, Fresno Co., C. C. Church
Calif.

25606 32 6 mi. above mouth of Jaca- C. C. Church
litos Cr., Fresno Co., Calif.

July, 1937]

THE NAUTILUS

24806

Eocene Reef, just N. of Coal-

Hanna &

mine Cr., Fresno Co., Calif.

Church

24130

Canoas Creek, Fresno Co.,
Calif.

Hanna

24129

Eocene conglomerate 2 mi. N.
of Big Tar Canyon, Kings
Co., Calif.

Hanna

27618

Mouth of Hamilton Canyon,
5 mi. SE. of King City, Mon-
terey Co., Calif.

Menken

Helminthoglypta cuyama, new species. Plate 1, figure &.

Holotype, nearly average for the species, thin in texture and
spire strongly depressed; apical angle 137°; umbilicus wide,
tapering rather sharply to the apex ; whorls six, moderately eon-
vex, the last slightly expanded and descending at the aperture;
peristome simple, moderately reflected, not thickened and not
obscuring the umbilicus, inner end connected with a thin callus
wash ; nuclear whorls nearly smooth, about two, gradually merg-
ing into the later whorls which have more or less regular growth
lines ; spiral sculpture absent ; surface somewhat shining, indented
by fine irregularly shaped malleations arranged in obscure patches
at various places on the body whorl ; periostracum extremely thin,
light golden brown; revolving band dark brown bounded below
by a cream colored band nearly as wide, and above by a narrow
indefinite band of the same color. Max. diam., 24.7 mm. ; min.
diam., 19.8 mm. ; alt., 13.5 mm. ; diam. of umbilicus, 3.7 mm.

Holotype: No. 7088 and paratypes Nos. 7089, 7090 (Calif.
Acad. Sci.) from a rock slide of Franciscan chert on the south
side of the highway connecting Santa Maria with Maricopa, 23.7
miles east of the first, Santa Barbara County, California. The
locality is two miles west of Cuyama Service Station on Cuyama
River. About 50 specimens were taken in the same locality at
various times by Messrs. C. C. Church and G. D. Hanna. In May,
1937, the type locality was revisited by Mr. George Willett who
informs us that he collected a fair series but no living shells and
believes, correctly no doubt, that living specimens must be very
deep in the rock slide at that time of year. He also reports find-
ing four specimens of another form referable to H. traskii
phlyctoena (Bartsch) in the same slide.

16 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

Kange OF VARIATION

Max. Min. Diam. No. of

diam. diam. of umb. whorls

Largest shell 28.9 23.4 16.2 4.2 6.25

Smallest shell 18.5 15.0 9.3 2.5 5.50

Highest shell 24.6 19.6 14.9 3.6 6.00

Average of 30 shells.. 23.1 18.5 12.5 3.2 6.00

Traces of irregularly arranged papulations are visible on some
specimens when considerably magnified ; in a young living shell,
the sculpture is somewhat more distinct than in the holotype ;
each of the sparse papulations of the nuclear whorls in this case
is set with a stubby, slightly curved hair ; on the remaining whorls
the papulations are more numerous and there is a suggestion of
quincuncial arrangement; these likewise bear short stubby hairs
and the surface appears hirsute when magnified 40 diameters.

The species seems distinct from others of the group as might be
expected from the isolated collecting station. It is smaller and
not nearly so polished as H. willetti (Berry) and lacks the char-
acteristic spiral sculpture so pronounced in H. carpenteri. The
shape is similar to H. ferrissi (Pilsbry), a species from the south-
ern Sierra Nevada, but it is a thinner, much lighter colored and
larger shell with the umbilicus proportionately narrower; com-
parison in this case has been made with a large series of specimens
(No. 27,791 C.A.S.) from upper Kern Kiver, collected by Mr.
Church.

Helminthoglypta hertleini, new species. Plate 1, figure c.

Shell thin and delicate, pale golden brown, with a very narrow
band of a darker shade, bounded below by an equally narrow band
of a lighter shade ; whorls five, regularly increasing in size ; sur-
face marked with fairly coarse growth ridges, and very irregu-
larly scattered papillae; nuclear whorl with faint growth lines
and a finely roughened surface; aperture not expanded; peri-
stome simple and scarcely reflected (except in the umbilical re-
gion) and slightly thickened interiorly; umbilicus narrow, half
covered by the reflected basal wall. Max. diam., 18.5 mm. ; min.
diam., 15.3 mm. ; altitude, 12.5 mm. ; diam. umbilicus, about 2 mm.

Holotype: No. 7094 and paratype No. 7095 (Calif. Acad. Sci.)
from a lava rock slide 6.6 miles east of the junction of the
Klamath Falls road with U. S. Highway No. 99 ; Jackson County,

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (1]
I

PLATE 1

a, Helminthoglypta carpenteri (Newe.). b, H. cuyama H. & S. c, H. hertleini
II. & S. d, H. similans H. & S. Fig. d actual size, the others enlarged.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 17

Oregon; north side of road. H. B. Baker, J. L. Nicholson and
G. D. Hanna colls. ; July 26, 1929.

The above is a description of the holotype ; 17 additional speci-
mens, mostly dead and imperfect, were collected at the same place.
These indicate that the species is fairly constant in its characters ;
the largest shell is 22.6 mm. in diameter and the smallest is 17.8
mm. No species belonging to this group of the genus has been
found within a long distance of the present locality. We have
noticed in collecting members of the H. cypraeophila group, that
to the northward in the volcanic country, shells become smaller
and relatively thinner than at the type locality in Calaveras
County, California. The form here described seems to be at or
near the extreme northern range; it has lost the reflected peri-
stome, and most of the surface markings ; the bands are much less
prominent and the shells are thin and delicate, somewhat like
some of the high mountain forms such as tularensis (Hemphill).

NOTES ON THREE RARE AMERICAN
POLYGYRA

BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH

Polygyra herberti Walker 1928 (University of Michigan, Mu-
seum of Zoology, Misc. Pub. no. 18, p. 43, text fig. 50 ).1 This
species was published with only a drawn text figure. Miss
McGlamery of the Alabama Museum has very kindly furnished
me with photographs of the unique specimen taken by Mr. Hodges
( Plate 3, figs. 1-3 ) . " Near Gallant ' ' should be added to the type
locality as given by Walker. This is the rarest of all Polygyras,
as the single holotype is the only specimen known.

Polygyra chilhoweensis Lewis 1870 (American Jour. Conch. 6,
p. 191, pi. 12, figs. 5-7). One of the largest of all American
Polygyra. Heretofore this species has only been known from the
Great Smoky Mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina. Mr.

1 Both the University of Michigan and the University of Alabama pub-
lished this paper jointly, each, however, retaining their sets under the publi-
cation series of the institution concerned. The same title is used and both
were issued on the same date, with the same text and pages, etc., the reference
to the latter being: Alabama Museum of Nat. Hist. Mus. Pap. no. 8.

18 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

W. G. Parris has recently found three specimens of this species
4 miles south of Byrdstown, Pickett Co., Tenn. This locality is
on the western slope of the Cumberland Plateau, a region possess-
ing a mollusk fauna quite different from the main mass of the
southern Appalachians east of the Tennessee River system. Mr.
Paul Adams of Alpine, Overton Co., Tenn., has also reported find-
ing this species, a locality also on the Cumberland Plateau, and
SE. of Byrdstown, specimens of which are now in the collection
at the University of Michigan. A specimen kindly donated by
Mr. Parris measures 35 x 29.5 dia., 21.5 mm. height. There is no
parietal tooth.

Mr. Archer and I found this species to be rare on the slopes of
Mt. LeConte in the Great Smoky Mountains. It is a species of
the heavy deciduous forest and is generally found on the forest
floor, occasionally climbing a few feet on the boles of the trees.
It is not a species peculiar to the rock slides.

Polygyra ferrissii Pilsbry 1897 (Nautilus 11, p. 92) . The col-
lections we made on Mt. LeConte extend the range of this species
about 7 miles to the NB. of the location assigned by Pilsbry (Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1900, p. 120). Many of the specimens we
obtained were collected near the base of the ' ' Chimneys, ' ' which
is also about 1000 feet lower in altitude than Pilsbry 's records.
They were found mainly on small moss covered rocks on a steep
slope with plenty of seepage water, a remarkably wet situation
for a Polygyra.

A NEW VARIETY OF BULIMULUS DEALBATUS
FROM ALABAMA

BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH

Bulimulus dealbatus jonesi,1 new variety (Plate 3, fig. 4).
This form differs from the typical B. dealbatus Say by being much
thicker in texture and being all white rather than mottled with
axial streaks of opaque and translucent areas. In addition, the

i Named for Dr. Walter B. Jones, State Geologist and Director of the
Alabama Museum, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa. I am indebted to
Miss Winnie McGlamery for the privilege of studying and describing this
new variety.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 19

apex (nuclear whorls) are a pale straw color and somewhat glass-
like in appearance. Proportionately, the shell is more attenuated
and the whorls somewhat less convex. All remaining characters
appear as in the typical form.

Length 19.1, width 9.9, aperture 9x5.1 mm. (holotype).
Length 20, width 11, aperture 9.4 x 5.9 mm. (average of five para-
types).

Holotype. — Univ. of Alabama, no. 89, 2 miles North of West
Greene, Greene Co., Alabama. Paratypes, Mus. Comp. Zool. No.
75036 from the same locality. Miss Winnie McGlamery collec-
tor, 1933.

This variety does not appear to be an ecological form. Though
a member of the species assemblage found in the ''chalk" area,
it differs quite sharply from most of the lots studied from these
regions. It is possibly a small geographical race. West central
Alabama is still imperfectly known and the adjoining territory in
Mississippi remains to be investigated.

THREE NEW SPECIES OF CERIONS FROM
LONG ISLAND, BAHAMAS

BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH

During the past July and August (1936) a third expedition
was made to the Bahama Islands to continue the molluscan sur-
vey initiated in 1935. To date, Grand Bahama, the Abaco group,
Eleuthera, New Providence, Cat and Long Islands have been cov-
ered sufficiently to render individual reports. The present expe-
dition, undertaken by H. D. Russell, R. A. McLean, J. H. Hunt-
ington and R. W. Foster was made to Long Island. Two very
remarkable Cerions were found, quite different from any species
heretofore discovered in these islands, and in addition, a large
series of C. stevensoni Dall was collected, the locality of which
had been previously open to question. Mr. J. V. Malone, Com-
missioner of Long Island, has just submitted a third new species,
of considerable interest as it is a connecting form between C.
malonei (new) and members of the re-gina group of Cerions to
which both of these forms belongr.

20 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

Cerion (Strophiops) 'malonei, new species. Plate 3, fig. 6.

Description. — Shell cylindrical, rather short, smooth to ribbed,
solid and widely and deeply umbilicated. Color : flat white, with
no indication of mottling. Whorls : 9 to 10, the last three more
or less parallel sided, the remaining whorls narrowing rapidly to
form a short slightly convex spire. Spire produced at an angle
of 90°-100°. Aperture sub-ovate to sub-quadrate, generally with
a fairly straight margin along the parietal wall, the peristome
occasionally pinched so that the aperture becomes holostomatous.
Columella inclined slightly, supporting a small inconspicuous
tooth which is sometimes reduced to a minute, irregular lump.
Parietal wall with a large tooth that does not penetrate any dis-
tance within the aperture. Lip expanded, thin and not turned
backwards. Umbilical perforation wide and very deep — a probe
reaching as far back as the nuclear whorls. Suture barely indi-
cated, sometimes the last whorl is offset and smaller than the mid-
whorl, leaving a small ledge or overhang. Occasionally there is
an upturn to the body whorl just before the aperture, so much
so that the superior margin of the aperture is close to or even with
the whorl above. Sculpture : smooth to somewhat coarsely ribbed,
with about 18 to 23 ribs on the body whorl, an unusual character
is that the ribs are most strongly developed on the penultimate
whorl. Nuclear whorls always smooth. Length 31.5 ; width
18.6; aperture 9x6 mm. (holotype). Length 25.6; width 16.6;
aperture 7.6 x 5.7 mm. (average of 7 specimens).

Holotype.— Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 112706, 3* mi. SE. of Simms,
Long Id., Bahamas. Russell, McLean, Huntington, Foster, col-
lectors, July, 1936. A large series of paratypes obtained from
the same locality.

Remarks. — This species forms a striking parallelism with C.
dimidiatum Pfr. of Gibara, Cuba, particularly to the short and
squat form known as proteus Pfr. Superficially the resemblance
is exceedingly close, but the apertural characters exhibited by C.
malonei show a direct relationship to the regina group of the lower
Bahama Islands. It would appear rather that C. malonei is an
extreme divergent form of this group, connected to the main stock
through a more or less intermediate form, C. fernandina herein
described. Form parallelisms are very abundant in Cerions, the
less pronounced characters, such as the structure of the aperture,
columellar and parietal teeth, and particularly the lip seem to be
far more stable and indicate relationships in accord with the geo-
graphical distribution of the individual elements.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 21

The group of regina, however, is probably directly related to
the group of maritimum in which dimidiatum is a species. Most
of the species of this latter assemblage are found on the north
coast of Cuba.

Cerion (Strophiops) fernandina, new species. Plate 3, fig. 5.

Description. — Shell large, perforate, solid, subconical to sub-
cylindrical, shining and nearly smooth. Color a flat white,
nuclear whorls glass-like and opaque. Interior of aperture a very
pale brownish yellow to cream. Whorls 10-11, nearly flat sided,
first 7 to 9 forming the slightly convex cone of the spire. Occa-
sionally the whorls, particularly the body whorls, may be slightly
inset, forming a slight overhang with the whorl above. Body
whorl usually the largest in diameter. Umbilical perforation
generally large, located deeply in the broad excavated area behind
the columellar lip. The excavated area is abruptly formed by the
infolding of the base of the body whorl and in many specimens is
wider below the edge. Parietal tooth short, centered and rather
high but not penetrating very deeply within the aperture.
Columellar "teeth" composed of, usually two, very slight, irregu-
lar, flattened and rather inconspicuous knobs, occasionally the
upper one large enough to be called a tooth or lamella. Aperture
subovate with only a slightly thickened, expanded lip which is
usually flat though occasionally slightly folded back. Parietal
wall calloused with a thickened ridge connecting the lip extremi-
ties; it is, however, not built forward. Sculpture of coarse and
irregular growth lines somewhat evenly disposed over the entire
shell other than the nuclear whorls. These growth lines on cer-
tain species are somewhat grouped forming a few ribs on the body
whorl. Sutures only very slightly indented. The spire is pro-
duced at an angle of approximately 60°. Length 34.3; width
16.5 ; aperture 9.2 x 5.8 mm. (holotype) . Length 32 ; width 16.2 ;
aperture 8.2 x 5.3 mm. (average of 8 specimens).

Holotype.— Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 65131, Millers, 8 mi. SE. of
Simms, Long Island, Bahama Islands. J. V. Malone collector,
Oct., 1936. (The name Fernandina was originally applied to
Long Island by Columbus.)

Remarks. — Though the general outline of this form appears to
be quite different from C. malonei, they are apparently rather
closely connected. C. malonei is in reality a widely divergent
form and represents an extreme in the morphological develop-
ment of the shell. Both of these forms possess an open umbilical

22 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

orifice and similar lip and tooth characters. The present form
exhibits but little variation in shape in comparison with C. ma-
lonei, which from form modification is one of the most variable
in the genus.

C. fernandina is a member of the regina group of Cerions and
is patterned quite closely after C. regium of Castle Island on the
Crooked Island Bank. It is a smaller species, however, and does
not possess the rather sharply tapering cone of this latter form.

Cerion (Strophiops) mcleani, new species. Plate 3, fig. 7.

Description. — Shell narrow, rather coarsely ribbed, cylindrical,
small, solid and generally minutely perforate. Color a flat white.
Whorls 9| to 10, slightly convex, and gradually tapering above
the fourth whorl to the summit. Spire slightly convex, produced
at an angle from 46° to 56°. Aperture subquadrate, holostro-
matous in fully adult shells owing to the produced parietal ridge.
Parietal tooth strongly developed but not extending a great dis-
tance within. Columellar tooth obsolete or indicated by a very
slight and somewhat broad, thickened area. The interior of the
aperture colored a pale brown. Umbilical perforation small,
with no definite ridge around the base. Lip flaring, slightly
thickened and only very slightly turned back, connected along the
parietal wall by a well elevated ridge. Sculpture of rather coarse
ribs, most strongly developed on the body whorl, varying from
12 to 16, with many irregular growth lines both between and on
the ribs. No spiral sculpture indicated. Suture fine, not im-
pressed but indicated by the contour of the whorls. Nuclear
whorls glass-like, opaque and smooth. Length 21 ; width 8 ; aper-
ture 4.5 x 3.5 mm. (holotype). Length 19.8 ; width 7.6 ; aperture
4x3 mm. (average of 4 specimens) .

Holotype. — Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 112701, one mile East of
0 'Neills, Long Island, Bahama Islands. Russell, McLean, Hunt-
ington and Foster collectors, July, 1936.

Remarks. — A remarkably well differentiated species, totally
different from any hitherto obtained in the Bahamas. As with
malonei, it represents a sharply divergent line of evolution from
the normal type of the group assemblage in which it is included.
It is a member of the gubernatorium group as outlined by Pilsbry
(Man. of Conch. (2), 14, p. 240, 1902) and perhaps nearest to C.
eleutherae P. & V. of southern Eleuthera Island.

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (1)

PLATE 3

1-3, PoJygyra herberti Walker. 4, Bulimulus dealbatus jonesi CI. 5, Cerion fernan-
diana CI. 6, C. malonei CI. 7, C. mcleani CI. 8-10, C. stevensoni Dall. Figs. 1-7, 9,
holotypes.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 23

Cerion stevensoni Dall. PI. 3, figs. 8~10.

Cerion stevensoni Dall 1900, Nautilus 14, p. 65 (Long or Berry Island) ;
Pilsbry 1902, Man. of Conch. (2), 14, p. 220, pi. 44, fig. 70-71; Dall 1905,
[in] The Bahama Islands, Baltimore, p. 40 (Bum Cay, not Long Island) ;
Clench 1934, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 40, p. 209 (Probably Cat Island).

A very large series of this remarkable species was collected at
Wemyss, 7 mi. SE. of Simms on Long Island by the present expe-
dition and this place can be accepted as the type locality.
Through the courtesy of Dr. Bartsch, I have been privileged to
examine and photograph the three type specimens (Plate 3, figs.
8-10, figure 9 being the holotype). This species has had a curi-
ous history as locality assignment. The original locality, Long
Island, now known to be correct, was later changed by Dall to
Rum Cay, though Dall did not state his reasons for this change.
As Rum Cay has since been fairly well explored, particularly by
the parties on the "Utowana" and neither stevensoni or any
species similar to it were found, I had assumed that possibly Cat
Island would prove to be its origin on the basis of its relationship
to C. felis P. & V.

A NEW PLEISTOCENE RACE OF POLYGYRA
APPRESSA

BY FRANK C. BAKER
POLYGYRA APPRESSA HUBRICHTI, nOV. Var.

Shell differing from typical appressa in its much greater size,
more elevated spire, rounder aperture, and general gibbous form.
The parietal lamella is long, curved, and extends to the umbilical
region as in the typical form. Basal tooth of peristome usually
well developed, but the upper denticle of race fosteri rarely devel-
oped. Sculpture of fine lines of growth.

Diam. 25.5 ; Height 14.5 ; Ap. Diam. 10.0 ; Height 7.0 mm. Holo-
type.
Diam. 25.0; Height 13.5; Ap. Diam. 9.5; Height 7.0 mm. Para-
type.
Diam. 23.5; Height 13.0; Ap. Diam. 9.0; Height 6.0 mm. Para-
type.

Type locality : Valmeyer, Monroe Co., Illinois, in pink loess of
Sangamon age. Holotype No. P6629 ; paratypes No. P6630,
Museum of Natural History, Univ. 111.; paratypes No. 168631,

24 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; collection of Les-
lie Hubricht, No. A1562.

This form is another of the peculiar variations which have been
noted in loess deposits in Illinois. Typical appressa is rare in
these deposits, only two specimens having been noted among fifty
of the new race. In size hubrichti is the largest form of the
appressa group, exceeding that of P. a. perigrapta, which attains
a diameter of about 22 mm. The lamella or tooth on the parietal
wall also differs greatly in form in this race. There is consider-
able variation in size among the fifty specimens of hubrichti from
Valmeyer, about a dozen specimens ranging from 19 to 21 mm. in
diameter. All have the peculiar elevated, dome-shaped spire of
the new variety and not the flat spire of typical appressa.

The material was collected from loess deposits at Valmeyer by
Mr. Leslie Hubricht, in whose honor the variety is named.

A NEW BOLIVIAN HELICOID, DINOTROPIS
HARRINGTONI

BY H. A. PILSBEY AND T. D. A. COCKEEELL

In the course of work in Bolivia Mr. George L. Harrington
picked up the peculiar snail described below. In shape it is curi-
ously like some depressed, carinate helices from different parts
of the world and belonging to widely separated genera, such as
the Calif ornian Monadenia circumcarinata (Stearns) or the
Australian Glyptorhagada kooringensis (Ang.). In the surface
sculpture and general shape it is like depressed Jamaican mem-
bers of the Pleurodonte group. The basal lip is unfortunately
broken ; possibly it was toothed there, though we are disposed
to believe it was toothless. In texture it is unlike Labyrinthus,
which always has a parietal tooth. It does not seem to be related
to Xenothauma Fulton. On the whole we are inclined to think
it a specialized member of the Epiphragmophora group, but no
definite opinion can be formed without anatomic data. We form
for it a new group, the exact status of which remains in abeyance.

Dinotropis, new genus. The openly umbilicate shell is strongly
depressed, keeled, of few (4^) whorls, the nuclear 1^ smooth, the

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 25

rest closely granulose; aperture strongly oblique, the peristome
expanded above, reflected basally, the strong parietal callus short.

DlNOTROPIS HARRINGTONI, n. Sp. PL 2, figS. 14.

The umbilicus is contained about six times in diameter. The
spire is only slightly convex. The whorls are weakly convex in
the inner, concave in the outer half, the last whorl descending
slowly below the very acute peripheral keel, the base being con-
cave below the keel, convex towards the umbilicus. The color
(dead) is light buff, with very faint indications of a brownish
band above the keel. The dull surface is very closely granu-
lose, the granules pustuliform, indistinctly arranged along light
growth-striae, but in places forming short oblique trends. The
peristome is well expanded and, so far as preserved, reflected
basally, but most of the basal margin is broken away. Height 8.5
mm. (estimated) ; diam. 27.7 mm.

Bolivia : Rio Iguembe, two or three miles above junction with
Rio Ingre, collected near a limey horizon by Mr. George L. Har-
rington. Type 168636 ANSP.

A NEW CALLISTOCHITON FROM LOWER
CALIFORNIA

BY G. WILLETT

During December, 1936, Mr. and Mrs. Philip M. Connelly, of
the Southern California Conchological Club, while collecting at
Arbolitos Point, near Ensenada, Lower California, secured forty
specimens of a chiton that appears to be new to science. For
this I propose the name of :

Callistochiton connellyi sp. nov. PI. 2, fig. 13, x 6.

Description. — Small; cream-colored, with white girdle. Head
valve with nine or ten low, rounded, very finely pustulate ribs;
tail valve with apparently fewer ribs, but these only faintly indi-
cated and not perceptible in some specimens. Lateral areas with
two rounded, finely pustulate ribs which, on the posterior part of
most specimens, merge into a single rib with a more or less faintly
indicated notch at the margin. Pleural tracts crossed by about
fifteen very fine ribs, connected with each other by faint riblets ;
these ribs are obscure or imperceptible on the jugal area, which is
finely punctate. Girdle clothed with densely crowded, micro-
scopic, imbricating scales with a marginal border of fine spines.
Length, 6; diam., 3.4; alt., 1 mm.

26 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

Type No. 1048, Los Angeles Museum; paratypes in Philadel-
phia Academy of Natural Sciences, and in collections of Mr. and
Mrs. P. M. Connelly and G. Willett. Type locality, Arbolitos
Point, near Ensenada, Lower California, Mexico.

This species is perhaps nearer to C. acinatus Dall than to any
other known member of the genus, but, judging from the descrip-
tion of acinatus, which has not been figured, connellyi differs in
being less elevated, and in possessing finely pustulate (not nodu-
lous nor prominently pustulate) ribs, very fine reticulation of the
pleural tracts, and the jugal tract being punctate rather than
reticulate.

From the three allied Mexican species, C. gabbi Pils., C. infor-
tunatus Pils., and C. pulchellus Gray, connellyi is easily distin-
guished by smaller size, lighter coloration, and less pronounced
sculpture. It has fewer ribs on the head valve than gabbi or
pulchellus, and the lateral ribs are unserrated. It lacks the
prominent ribs on the tail valve that characterize pulchellus and
infortunatus, being more like gabbi in this respect. It has no
indication of the netted sculpture on the jugal area that is found
in pulchellus.

I am indebted to the San Diego Society of Natural History for
use of specimens of Mexican species, in the Lowe collection.

Los Angeles Museum, Los Angeles, California, January 15,
1937.

THE RACES AND ALLIES OF PLEURODONTE
GUADELOUPENSIS

BY H. A. PILSBRY

In the course of his ornithological researches in Martinique,
Mr. James Bond obtained some pleurodont helices evidently new
but related to the species long known as Helix badia Fer. While
describing them, it seems best to review the allied races.

Pleurodonte labeo, new species. PL 2, fig. 1.

The shell is larger and more solid than any form of guadelou-
pensis, deep chestnut brown, acutely angular in front, suture
descending steeply and deeply to the aperture. Peristome white,
the two basal teeth nearer together than in P. g. roseolabrum, the

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 27

upper margin of lip bearing an oblong callous lobe, which hangs
in front of the aperture. Height 11.4, diam. 18.7 mm. ; nearly 5
whorls.

Baie des Anglais, Ste. Anne, southern Martinique. Type and
paratypes 166148 ANSP., collected by a native of the island for
Mr. James Bond.

The callous lobe is on the lip in this form, not a thickening of
the parietal callus as in P. nucleola Rang and some other species.

This belongs to the immediate group of P. guadeloupensis, but
it appears sufficiently distinct by the characters given above.

Pleurodonte guadeloupensis (Pils.). PI. 2, fig. 4.

Helix badia var. guadeloupensis Pilsbry 1889, Man. Conch. 5: 87, pi. 29,

f. 28.i

This is a small form, diam. 12 to 14.4 mm., in which the two
teeth in the basal margin are large and much closer together than
in the form now called P. g. roseolabrum (Helix badia Fer.).
The inner tooth is lower, oblique, with long right and short left
slope ; in the outer lip a small denticle. The brown bands above
and below the light peripheral line fade towards suture and base.
The surface is rather weakly, finely granulose. The peristome is
white in all seen (6 from Robert Swift, 3 from W. Newcomb).
All are labelled "Guadeloupe."1 The type is 32586 ANSP.

Pleurodonte guadeloupensis roseolabrum M. Smith. PI. 2,
figs. 2, 5, 6.

Helix badia Ferussac, 1822, Prodr. No. 124; Hist., Expl. pi. XXII livr.,
pi. 56, f. 1, Pfeiffer, 1848, Mon. Hel. Viv. 1: 309; Conchyl. Cab. pi. 63, f.
7, 8. Not Helix badia Gmelin, 1791, Syst. Nat. (13) p. 3639, No. 171.

Helix (Dentellaria) badia Fer., var. roseolabrum Maxwell Smith, 1911,
Nautilus 25 : 48 ; also var. unicolor, 1. c.

Ferussac figured more than one form under the name H. badia,
but his first figure may be accepted as typical badia. His third
and fourth figures are probably guadeloupensis and his figure 2
almost certainly that. The name H. badia, being preoccupied,
passes out of use.

The shell is of a bay color, either uniform, or lighter on the
base, near suture, and at the apex; the peristome is vinaceous
brown of different shades. However, in some lots the color runs

1 The Spanish form of the name of this island might better have been used
in the specific name, as the French form is rather awkward as a Latin word.

28 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

by intermediate nuances into cream-buff or lighter, with spire of
a somewhat darker tint or brown, and with apricot-buff or pale
flesh colored peristome (the typical color of roseolabrum) , or the
peristome may be white; finally some shells are ivory or mar-
guerite yellow, fading to white at the summit, peristome white,
these being Mr. Smith's var. unicolor, fig. 5. In a lot collected
by the Abbe Vathelet all of these colors occur, with transitional
shades, and I presume were found together. The upper margin
of the peristome is thin and nearly straight. Of the two teeth in
the basal margin, the outer one is compressed and rather high,
the inner lower and tubercular; they are rather widely spaced.
There is no denticle in the outer lip. The surface is finely granu-
lose.

Height 10.2 mm., diam. 16.8 mm.

Height 9 mm., diam. 15.5 mm.

It appears to be common in Martinique, which may be taken
as the type locality (32587 ANSP.) . Type in the Maxwell Smith
collection, fig. 2, central fig.

Pleurodonte guadeloupensis dominicana Pils. & Ckll. Dominica.
See note on page 34.

SOME LESSER RACES OF MONADENIA
FIDELIS (GRAY)

BY S. STILLMAN BEERY

Monadenia fidelis ochromphalus new subspecies

Description : Shell similar in general features to typical fidelis,
but smaller, solid, highly polished, especially on the base, which
in some specimens appears more or less dished or reamed out, in
others is full and rounded, the umbilicus open and permeable to
the apex. Spiral sculpture weak to moderately developed above,
very fine and delicate on the base.

Color of shell prevailingly dark, the spire banded, often not too
distinctly, with tones varying from deep colonial buff to russet
and mars brown; peripheral band wide (2-3 mm.), deep blackish
umber, sharply bordered below by a much narrower band of
chamois or deep colonial buff; base uniformly a lustrous deep
blackish umber excepting the area immediately surrounding the
umbilicus, which, together with the umbilical interior, is a
strongly contrasting old gold. Color of animal : dorsum fawn
color to wood brown, more or less heavily suffused darker (bone
brown to clove brown) with a light median line on the ridge,

Diam-

Num-

Alti-

eter

ber

tude

of um-

bilicus

whorls

19.5

3.3

21.4

3.1

20.1

3.9

19.1

4.1

19.5

4.0

17.3

3.7

18.9

3.3

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 29

sometimes more or less maculated, the tail consistently paler ; sole
buffy brown to grayish olive, widely margined fuscous to fus-
cous-black.

Maxi- Mini-
mum mum
diam- diam-
. eter eter

7768b. Paratype 327 27.8

7768. " 32.6 27.7

7768. " 32.2 27.5

7767. Holotype 31.7 26.4

7768a. Paratype 30.5 26.1

7768. " 30.0 25.5

7768. " 29.6 24.8

Holotype : Cat. No. 7767 Berry Coll.

Paratypes: Cat. No. 7768 of same collection; others to be
deposited in the collections of Allyn G. Smith, E. P. Chace, the
United States National Museum, the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, and Stanford University.

Type-Locality: Etna Creek, about 2\ miles above Etna, Sis-
kiyou County, California; Leo Shapovalov and M. Hanavan, 13
June 1934.

Field-Note: Taken alive "on ground, on leaves and sticks, on
concrete walls of irrigation ditch, and on mossy boulders and
stones, several days after showers"; some ovipositing (Shapo-
valov).

It may appear questionable to describe a subspecies character-
ized by so little other than color, but the shells of this beautiful
race are very characteristic in appearance and the open yellow
umbilicus centering the polished black-brown base is a conspicu-
ous feature seen by me in no other lot of fidelis from any locality
whatsoever. As the race seems uniform in the characters noted
and apparently strongly localized, it will be useful to have a
name for it. That proposed is derived from the Gr. bxpbs,
yellow, + oju^aXos, umbilicus.

Monadenia fidelis leonina new subspecies

Description : Shell small and thin for the group, translucent
by transmitted light, depressed to low-conic in outline; umbili-
cate, the umbilicus openly permeable to the apex and having a

30 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

diameter on the average about one-ninth the maximum diameter
of the shell ; umbilical suture deep. Whorls 5f to 6^, convex, the
last with the superior portion descending rather strongly in front.
Aperture ovate, slightly squared at the short columella, the lower
border moderately or not at all flattened. Peristome little everted
or thickened above, moderately so below, especially near the um-
bilicus, the edge of which is partly roofed by the columellar flare ;
edges connected across the whorl by a thin callus, the parietal one
converging. Sculpture of nepionic whorls finely heavily wrinkly-
granulose, the granules very crowded and for the most part show-
ing arrangement in a pattern with both protractive and retractive
alignment, passing into the weaker and much more distant papu-
lation of the succeeding whorls, which on the adolescent and ma-
ture whorls becomes entirely obsolete; lines of growth very
strongly developed, the major wrinkles well-spaeed and almost
rib-like on the earlier post-nuclear whorls, relatively finer, closer,
and more irregular on the later whorls, which also carry weak
traces of an incised spiral sculpture.

Color of shell: spire cream-buff to isabella color, sometimes
with one or two narrow hands of cinnamon brown, or sometimes
with a single wider hand of dark olive buff, or sometimes un-
handed save for the conspicuous wide supra-peripheral band of a
lustrous and very dark liver brown (deeper and blacker than
any of the Ridgway colors), 1.3 to 1.7 mm. wide, which may be
either simple or varyingly bordered above and below with a rai her
narrower zone of ivory yellow or deep olive buff; base isabella
color, either uniform or suffused dresden brown, more rarely a
uniform dark liver brown.

Color of animal: (common light form), dorsum wood brown
on margin and tail, heavily clouded natal brown on sides of back
and head with lighter speckling and with a light median line on
body of wood brown; sole a lighter buffy brown, obscurely mar-
gined a slightly deeper tone of the same ; brown-based variety
usually rather darker, the margins of the dorsum together with
the tail region buffy brown, the head and sides of body clove
brown with minute buffy brown spots and a narrow median line
of the same; sole army brown, the marginal zone not very dis-
tinct.

Holotype : Cat. No. 7687 of the author's collection. Paratypes
Cat. No. 7688 of same collection ; others to be deposited in the
collections of Allyn G. Smith, E. P. Chace, the United States Na-
tional Museum, the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
and Stanford University.

Type-Locality: Beaver Creek about one mile above mouth,
Siskiyou County, California; Leo Shapovalov, 27 May 1934.

July, 1937]

THE

NAUTILUS

Maxi-

Mini-

Diam-

Num-

mum

Alti-

eter

ber

diam-

tude

of um-

eter

bilicus

whorls

7688.

Paratype

26.8

23.0

21.5

3.1

25.8

22.1

16.7

3.2

25.8

22.1

16.2

2.7

25.7

21.2

15.1

3.0

24.7

21.0

15.7

3.2

24.6

21.3

15.1

2.6

7688a.

24.5

20.7

14.3

2.8

7691a.

Brown base

24.2

20.6

16.1

2.3

6 +

7687.

Holotype

24.1

20.5

15.4

2.8

7688.

Paratype

24.1

20.3

15.4

2.5

7691b.

Brown base

24.2

20.7

15.4

2.7

7688b.

Paratype

23.1

20.1

15.4

2.5

7688.

< <

22.7

19.3

13.2

2.5

7688c.

< <

22.4

19.3

14.8

2.5

6 +

7688.

< <

22.3

18.7

13.2

2.5

< i

< <

21.7

18.2

12.9

2.4

£2.
°3

The special characteristics of this very distinct race are the
small size, thin translucent shell, completely permeable umbilicus,
reduced banding, generally pale yellowish coloration, and sharply
contrasted heavy peripheral band. It is one of the most beautiful
snails we know in a specific complex where nearly all examples
are strikingly handsome. The warm coloring and extremely con-
spicuous peripheral band give the shell an aspect more suggestive
of one of the Oriental Euhadras than can be said of any other
West American snail I know. The name selected, besides doing
honor to the discoverer, finds additional significance in its sug-
gestion of the tawny hues of the shell.

These snails were found by the collector in some numbers on
dead alder leaves near the stream and likewise on alder trunks to
a height of about nine feet.

MONADENIA FIDELIS KLAMATHICA new Subspecies

Diagnosis : Shell of but moderate size and heaviness, low-conic
or low pyramidal-conic, umbilicate; the umbilicus steep-walled,
distinctly permeable to apex, and having a maximum diameter in
the type specimen of about one-ninth the major diameter of the

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 51 (1/

shell, but in other specimens usually narrower (1/12 to 1/14 the
diameter of the shell). Whorls about 6^ or a trifle less, convex,
the last with the superior portion distinctly descending in front.
Aperture ovate, somewhat flattened below, and deflected from the
vertical axis about 48°. Peristome sinuous, distinctly everted
below and especially at the umbilicus, the outline of which thus
becomes materially indented, but. only slightly expanded on the
upper segment ; the edges converging and connected by a thin but
evident callus.

Surface of first If turns densely and closely set with diamond-
shaped papillae usually eroded in mature shells, separated by nar-
row grooves, of which the obliquely descending are rather more
distinct than the obliquely ascending ones, but the arrangement
not always wholly regular. Lines of growth absent or difficult to
make out on the first turn and a half, but quite strong on the suc-
ceeding quarter turn, after which the diamond-shaped papillation
abruptly ceases, but the growth wrinkles, becoming further ac-
centuated, are henceforth the dominant periostracal ornamenta-
tion. Surface of main portion of shell smooth and polished,
unsculptured both above and below save for the lines of growth
and a very finely incised almost microscopic spiral striation.

Color a much richer and darker chestnut brown, or a glossy
light seal brown on the spire, and with a conspicuous tri-colored
band bordering the periphery, the dark central stripe of about
2.5 mm. thickness being approximately the color of the base of the
shell and in rich contrast to the stripe just below it which is of
a thickness of 1.5 mm, and is ochraceous buff to yellow ochre in
color. The uppermost band of hazel is slightly narrower than
the lowermost and less conspicuous.

Maxi- Mini- Diam- Num-

mum mum Alti- eter ber

diam- diam- tude of um- of

eter eter bilicus whorls

Type 33.2 27.4 19.6 3.6 6£

Paratype 32.3 27.3 19.7 2.3 6£

30.4 26.2 20.0 2.5 6£

30.2 25.4 18.6 2.2 6£

Type: Cat. No. 6011 Berry Coll.

Paratypes : Cat. No. 6172 Berry Coll. and Cat. No. 2714 A. G.
Smith Coll.

Type-Locality : Along Oak Flat Creek, near Klamath River,
Siskiyou County, California; 3 living and 1 dead adults, 4 living
juvenals, and 8 fragmentary shells; Allyn G. Smith; 7 July, 1924.

Remarks: This seems a very distinct, though possibly local,
subspecies of fidelis, and an exceedingly beautiful one. The dis-

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 33

tinctive characters are the comparatively small size, low-conic
form, polished surface, and rich dark coloring, set off by the
bright ochraceous banding. In the open funicular umbilicus of
some of the shells the suggested approach is toward M. mormo-
num, which it also approaches in habitat as nearly as any member
of the true fidelis series which the present writer has seen.

NOTES AND NEWS

Exact Dates op The Nautilus. — Volume 50 (1) : pp. 1-36,
was mailed July 14, 1936; (2) : 37-72, pi., Oct. 29, 1936; (3) :
73-108, Jan. 29, 1937; (4) : 109-144 (+viii), May 4, 1937.— H.
B. B.

A Correction : Drymaeus fusagasuganus. — By error this name
was printed Drymaeus "tusagasuganus," Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., vol. 87, p. 85, 1935. The locality is Fusagasuga, near
Bogota, Colombia. In the same paper, pp. 83~4, " Plectostylus"
was printed instead of Plekocheilus. — H. A. Pilsbry.

Micrarionta harperi orcuttiana, new name. — Sonorella
baileyi orcutti Bartsch, Smiths. Misc. Coll. 47 : 196, 1904, now
referred to the genus Micrarionta, is homonymous with Epiphrag-
mophora orcutti DalL 1900, which is also a Micrarionta, though
belonging to a different section of that genus. According to
Willett (Nautilus 50: 123) my orcutti is a subspecies of M. har-
peri (Bryant), 1900. It may be called Micrarionta harperi
orcuttiana. — Paul Bartsch.

The Selection of Family Names. — In recent years some au-
thors have changed well-known family names on the pretext that
they were not formed from the names of the oldest genus included
in the family. The International Commission on Nomenclature
has now considered this in Opinion 133, concluding that "The
original author of a family name is free to select any contained
genus as the nomenclatorial type of that family. It is not neces-
sary to select the oldest included genus as type genus of the
family."

The Supposed Introduction of an African Archachatina
into the West Indies. — In our recent revision of the genus
Archachatina we mentioned (Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric, vol. 29, 1936,

34 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

p. 81) Dr. F. Haas' record of A. marginata (Swainson) being
found at Frankfort a.-M., Germany, supposedly introduced with
bananas from Jamaica. The occurrence of this large West Afri-
can snail in the West Indies seemed, however, highly problemati-
cal to Dr. Haas and to us. Dr. Caesar R. Boettger has kindly
informed us that, in his opinion, the Frankfort Archachatina was
introduced with bananas from Victoria, Cameroons. At present
Germany receives bananas, not only from the West Indies and
Canary Islands, but also regularly from Cameroon. There seems
to be no evidence whatsoever that any of the large Achatinidae
have been imported as yet from Africa into the West Indies. —
J. Bequaert and W. J. Clench.

Food of Cassis Madagascariensis. — For five years it has been
noticed that nearly all specimens of living Cassis madagascarien-
sis Lam. were found in, or near, clusters, or colonies, of the young
sea urchin Toxopneustes variegatus (Lam.). Therefore, the
opinion was formed that these urchins must be the food of this
species of Cassis. Positive proof that this opinion was correct
was produced on March 23, 1937, when upon removing the animal
parts of a specimen of madagascariensis the undigested spines of
what appeared to be several of this sea urchin was found in the
inner parts of the Cassis. Since Cassis tuberosa and Cassis tes-
ticulis also are found mostly in or around these urchin colonies it
is very probable that they are also fond of the food so evidently
favored by their cousin. — Frank B. Lyman, Lantana, Fla.

Pleurodonte guadeloupensis dominicana, new subspecies. —
The shell is smaller than the Martinique race (P. g. roseolabrum) ,
but with the teeth in the basal lip as widely spaced as in that, the
bay between them therefore wider than in P. guadeloupensis.
Typically russet to cinnamon-brown with light summit, but some-
times olive-buff, or olive-buff with some brown on the spire ; peri-
stome white or brown. Height 9.2 mm., diam. 14.6 mm., or
smaller, diam. 12 mm. PI. 2, fig. 3. Dominica, B. W. I., coll.
by Benj. Sharp, C A. Barber, T. Barbour and others, the type,
78306 ANSP., coll. by C. A. Barber. Many specimens show that
while this Dominican race is close to that of Martinique and ex-
hibits much the same color variations, it appears constantly
separable. — H. A. Pilsbry and T. D. A. Cockerell.

July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 35

Rhachistia histrio in New Caledonia. — When my wife and
I were in New Caledonia, we found snails on the small trees and
bushes at Bourail ; the only truly arboreal species observed on the
island. It was easy to identify the species as Rachis mageni
Gassies, recorded from Prony Bay, Balade, Bourail, Isle of Pines,
and the Loyalty Islands. It is variable and the color varieties
have been named monozona Crosse, colorata Crosse, punctata
Gassies, and unicolor Gassies. The shell from Kanala, called
zonulatus Pfeiffer, 1863, is said to be the same as mageni. In the
New Caledonia fauna this species is entirely isolated, and appears
exotic. I brought back some alcoholic material and Lieut.-Col.
A. J. Peile has kindly mounted the radula. He finds that
the species is identical with Rhachistia (Eorrhachis) histrio
(Pfeiffer).— T. D. A. Cockerell.

Helminthoglypta sonoma, n. sp. — The shell is rather strongly
depressed, umbilicate, the umbilicus contained about 7| times in
diameter. Color varying from cinamon-brown to tawny-olive,
paler on both sides of the chestnut-brown band above periphery.
Surface glossy, the first 1^ whorls microscopically and indis-
tinctly wrinkled radially, with a few low, sparsely scattered
pustules ; following two whorls with fine growth striae and a few
scattered pustules; last whorl finely wrinkle striate with some
shallow malleation at and below the periphery, and faint traces
of spiral impressed lines below the suture, near aperture. The
whorl scarcely descends in front. Aperture oval, fawn color
and showing the dark and light bands inside. Peristome is ex-
panded above, narrowly reflected outwardly and at base, the colu-
mellar dilation impinging but little on the umbilicus. Height
13.8 mm., diam. 23.6 mm. ; 6 whorls, or 13.5 x 22.6 mm. Monte
Rio, Sonoma Co., California. Type and paratype 153680 ANSP.,
coll. by Stanley C. Field. It is smaller than H. sequoicola, more
depressed, with papillae so few that they are easily overlooked.

— H. A. PlLSBRY.

Rissoa Bermudezi Aguayo and Rehder. — Dr. Wendell P.
Woodring has called my attention to the fact that Rissoa (Fo-
linia) bermudezi, which Dr. Aguayo and I described a short
while ago (Memorias Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., vol. 9, 1936, p. 265)

36 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (1)

is similar to a form from the Bowden formation which he named
Bissoa lepida, erecting for it a new subgenus, Mirarissoina (Car-
negie Inst. Washington, Publ. no. 385, p. 365). Our species is
therefore the first living form to be referred to Mirarissoina, a
group which is not closely related to Folinia, as Woodring has
pointed out (loc. cit.). B. bermudezi differs from lepida Wood-
ring in being larger, with finer spiral sculpture, and with a con-
spicuous apophysis on the parietal wall at the anal notch; lepida
has only a slight protuberance there. — H. A. Rehder.

The Typical Form of Helminthoglypta californiensis
(Lea). — Some time ago I had occasion to overhaul our helices of
the californiensis group, but was stumped by finding two distinct
subspecies from Cypress Point, Monterey Bay, in our collection,
and I could not understand how it was possible for two subspecies
to occupy the same zone, and yet they were perfectly good dis-
tinct forms. So in going West in 1923 I ran down to Cypress
Point and scratched around for material, which resulted in my
finding the big form among the dead cypress needles on the main-
land of the Point. This is the Helix vincta Val., and that race
only occurred at this place. I had previously talked with Dr.
Dall about this problem. He had collected there in the sixtys,
and he told me that he had camped out at the Point over night
in order that he might be able at low tide to examine some of the
offlying rocks. He thought it might be possible that the smaller
shells, which he had collected and which were put in with our
larger things, all labelled Cypress Point, might have come from
some of the offlying rocks. With that end in view, I jumped over
to these offlying rocks at the Point, and there discovered the small
race in company with the small race of E. dupetithouarsi crowded
together under mats of ice plants (Mesembryanthemum) . This
small race is the Helix californiensis of Lea. We have three speci-
mens in our Lea collection received from Nuttall by Lea, just as
he states in his description ; so they are undoubtedly part of the
material used by Lea in his description. The mystery, therefore,
of the relationship of the larger H. vincta and californiensis is
solved, since they do not occupy the same territory, but distinct
habitats. Both names can therefore be retained. — Paul Bartsch,
letter of Jan. 20, 1927.

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (2)

PLATE 4

1, Aurinia torrei Pils., with apical whorls x 4. 2, Helminthoglypta trasM misiona
Chacel 3, TurbonilJa (Pyrgolampros) skofisbergi Strong. Type, length 5.6 mm.,
and apical whorls of paratype, length 2.5 mm.

The nautilus

Vol. 51 October, 1937 No. 2

AURINIA TORREI, A NEW CUBAN VOLUTE

BY H. A. PILSBRY

In June of this year Dr. Carlos de la Torre received from Sefior
Prida, an able amateur conchologist, two volutid shells which had
been taken in a nasa (fish trap) in over 10 fathoms, off Cayo
Francis, Caibarien, on the north coast of central Cuba.

This graceful volute, distinguished for its beauty in a family
famous for lovely lines and coloring, may appropriately be named
in honor of Dr. Carlos de la Torre, premier authority on Cuban
mollusks, and President of the American Malacological Union.

Aurinia torrei, new species
Plate 4, fig. 1

The shell is fusiform with rather long anterior canal, not very
thick, glossy. Color pale ochraceous-buff, darkening on the an-
terior canal to light ochraceous-salmon, the first two whorls white ;
with a series of short, protractive, oblong to trapezoidal spots of
mars brown to russet color below the suture, connected by a weak,
irregularly developed subsutural band, which begins at the end
of the second whorl and fades out on the last whorl. Around the
base, at the origin of the anterior canal, there is an obliquely
spiral series of short streaks, like the subsutural spots in color.
The apex is formed of a short projecting point; the surface of
the first whorl is uneven. Near the end of the second whorl fine
spiral striae appear, continuing to the penult whorl where they
gradually disappear. The fourth and later whorls become bluntly
shouldered and develop short axial folds which are prominent
at the shoulder but disappear above and below it. There are
about fifteen such folds on the penult whorl; on the last half of
the last whorl they become subobsolete. The long aperture is

(37)

38 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

tinted within like the outside. Outer lip blunt, in profile view
seen to be retracted towards suture and base. Columella almost
straight, smooth. Length 113 mm., diam. 38 mm. ; length of
aperture 72.5 mm. ; 6 whorls.

This species is not closely related to any of the known aurinias,
being perhaps nearest to A. dubia Brod.

The type is 168804 A.N.S.P. ; another specimen is in Dr. de la
Torre's possession.

NOTES ON THE RECENT SPONDYLUS OF FLORIDA

BY HUGH C. FULTON

The following species of Spondylus have been quoted in various
publications as having been taken off Florida, viz. : Spondylus
americanus Lamk., S. echinatus Lamk., S. spathuliferus Sow.
(non Lamk.), and S. gussoni Costa. The first two named are
conspecific. S. spathidiferus Sow. is ictericus Reeve, and S. gus-
soni Costa (a Mediterranean species), is probably a wrong identi-
fication. This leaves two species.

1. Spondylus dominicensis Roding.

1784. Spondylus echinatus Martyn, Univ. Conch, fig. 154 (not
binomial).

1798. Sp. dominicensis Roding. Bolten Catalogue p. 193.

1819. Sp. americanus Lamk., Anim. sans Vert. Vol. VI, p.
188 (not of Schreiber, 1793).

1819. Sp. arachoides Lamk., Anim. sans Vert., Vol. VI, p.
188.

Two other names have been associated with americanus Lk.
They are longispina and avicularis both of Lamarck. I am unable
to identify avicularis, but it is certainly not the same as ameri-
canus Lk. Sp. longispina Lk. is a synonym of Sp. pesasininus
Roding.

In my ''List of species of Spondylus," Jour, of Conch. 1915, p.
331, 1 followed Hedley and Pilsbry in "Nautilus," Vol. 26, p. 46,
in giving Hermann, 1781, as author of the name americanus; but
I have since discovered that it was a nomen nudum, no adequate
description or reference to any figure being given.

The next earliest name available known to me is dominicensis
Rodinar.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 39

Schreiber's Sp. americanus (Versuch einer Vollstandigen Con-
chylienkenntniss, 1793) is to me the same as the variegatus Rbd-
ing (Bolten Catalogue p. 194). I am unable to agree with Cox
(Proc. Mai. Soc. Lond. Vol. 18, p. 251) that Schreiber's species is
Lamarck's longitudinalis, a species that I believe to be uniden-
tifiable.

2. Spondylus ictericus Reeve.

1856. Spondylus ictericus Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. XI, fig. 40
(a beach-rolled specimen).

1848. Spondylus spathuliferus Sow., Thes. Conch, p. 421, pi.
89, fig. 61. (Not of Lamarck, 1819, a synonym of ducalis Roding,
1798.)

The type of ictericus is beach-rolled and difficult to associate
with perfect specimens. One requires a series in varying condi-
tions to see the connection. I recently received a fine specimen
from Mr. Lermond, it was taken 80 miles off the west coast of
Florida. This species appears to be common in the "West Indies,
and like most Spondyli varies greatly in color and in the disposi-
tion and length of its spines.

A DENSE AGGREGATION OF SNAILS

BY E. A. ANDBEWS

(Plate 5)

The crowding together of animals, not members of a family or
colony, may sometimes be brought about by favorable conditions
for feeding and such seems to have been the case in the aggrega-
tion to be described. Land snails may aggregate about limestone,
or even old oyster shells, and marine snails may crowd together
upon sea weed between tides, or about food on mud flats. T. D.
A. Cockerell in Science Gossip, 1885, described Limnaea stagnalis
on a newspaper in a pond : ' ' So that for a space of about a foot
square nothing else could be seen." In fresh- water streams the
density of snail population varies much from point to point.

The "Great River" of the northwest part of Jamaica B. W. I.
drains a limestone area some twenty miles long and ten wide as
a rapid stony stream with but a few miles of submerged bed
where set back by the sea and navigable for canoes. Among the

40 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

various snails living in its rapid waters is the Neritina alticola
described by Pilsbry in 1932, from specimens taken in 1910 far up
the main stream near Marchmont at an elevation of 627 feet.
But in 1932 this locality yielded only the common river snail,
Hemisinus lineolatus — and it appeared as if the encroaching
banana cultivation had modified the conditions too greatly. But
at a much greater elevation this species was common both in 1910
and 1932 in the branch stream arising from the spring at
' ' Spanish Dam, ' ' Catadupa. In the main stream also, some miles
farther down, these snails were collected both at Shettlewood
Bridge and Lethe Bridge in 1932, at elevations of 300 and 216
feet. In the last named locality there were also some Ampullaria
fasciata and Neritina virginea. This last species, along with
Neritina punctulata, was found in great numbers a few miles yet
farther down stream where the last rapids enter the smooth tide-
level reach of the river. This locality is shown in figure 1. Here
is the head of an old sluice that once carried water to a hydro-
electric plant for the town of "Montego Bay." The scattered
stones swarmed with old and young snails of these two species of
Neritina along with few Hemisinus lineolatus; and many of the
small Neritilia succinea Sby. in clusters of fifty to a hundred. In
June 1910 these Neritinas were so thickly crowded on rocks and
stones, little below water level, that, in a short time, there were
collected by hand some eight quarts containing 5249 shells. A
month later still more were taken, by feeling them in the turbid
rising freshet flow on the deeper surfaces and under sides of large
stones. Often the snails Neritina punctulata were deeper down
than the Neritina virginea and in spite of their wider flat form,
that seems so well shaped to cling to stones, they fell off more
readily when touched than the rounder N. virginea, escaping in
the flood of rushing waters. This shrinking-in reaction may be
what was described for certain Neritinas by Fredericque as
"death-feigning," reported in "The Biology of the Sea Shore,"
by Flattely and "Walton. In July 1932 both species of Neritina
were still abundant in this same locality. They were commonly
not far beneath the surface, crawling upon rocks and upon old
water-logged trunks of trees, sometimes in clusters, so that several
were taken in the hand at once. Neritilia also occurred then as

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (2;

PLATE 5

i_- ^ * - . 7«fc»« -A. life ' &!i •

V4f*

. * : «?» 1 •

M
£

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 41

twenty-two years before, but chiefly under the larger stones, and
when these were placed upside down out of water these small
snails began a rapid flight, in files one after the other, from the
light down under the inverted stone. Egg capsules of both
species of Neritina were very abundant over the stones and wood
under water, as were the capsules of Neritina alticola in the upper
reaches of this river ; this being a breeding season.

In 1910 the greatest crowding of Neritinas was in certain de-
pressions in the rocks of midstream where unusual amounts of
moss and algal growths seem to have attracted the snails which
were also here somewhat more protected from the force of the
stream. One such depression had an area measured as one square
foot and from it were taken all the shells shown in figure 2. This
photograph represents a square foot of paper on which all the
shells were paced in lines according to size, covering closely all
the square foot except for the small area below, still seen as white
paper. While in the original habitat some of the snails were
crawling upon top of one another the rock surface wall well
covered since there were many Neritilia and some small young
Neritinas not collected and hence not shown in figure 2. The
entire number of shells from this square foot was 829, or at the
rate of 5.7 per square inch. Most of them, 765, were Neritina
punctulata at the rate of 5.3 per square inch and only 64 Neritina
virginea, at the rate of less than one-half to the square inch. As
seen in figure 2, these snails were not all of one size but were a
collection of various sizes, and presumably ages, of which some
of the very smallest and youngest were not captured. Those col-
lected and shown in the photograph were : 37 of diameter 17-23
mm. that stuck on a wire mesh of 11 mm. side ; 706 sticking on a
mesh of 5.5 mm. ; 82 on a mesh of 4.5 ; and but 4 on a mesh of 3.5.
Apparently all but 37 of the Neritina punctulata were young of
several ages while 50 of the 64 N. virginea were well grown.

The water in this locality is so heavily charged with lime that
calcareous sinter forms not only upon stones but upon the shells
of these snails many of which bear minute algal growths that ac-
cumulate the white deposits so noticeable upon many of the shells
in figure 2; upon the upper surfaces and about the lower rims.
Not only is there an abnormal rough white surface thus given to
many of these shells but the form and proportions are distorted,

46 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

ogy so far located nine have all seven parts, but only five of these
have the original covers. Of the five, only one bound copy, that
originally owned by W. G. Binney, and the unbound set now in
the Tomlin collection, have the text, plates, and covers in their
original sequence.4

Of the four complete copies which do not have the covers, all
are bound ; but one has the text and the plates collated according
to a classification not specified.

Of the remaining nine copies, all, with one exception, are bound,
and all lack the original covers.

The Glossary, issued separately, and paged, which was pre-
sented to all paid up subscribers with Part V, is, as far as I can
check the matter, bound up with at least eight, possibly nine,
copies, or it is preserved as a separate.

The most perfect copy is the Binney copy, and the next the
unbound copy in the Tomlin collection.

Say's American Conchology, then, when complete is composed
of 240 unnumbered pages of text, in seven parts, with a cover for
each, and sixty-eight colored plates. The Glossary is a supple-
mental work of twenty-four numbered pages, containing an alpha-
betically arranged dictionary of conchological terms, sometimes
included with Part V.

Separata of Say's article on Conchology from the third edition
of Nicholson 's American Encyclopedia, 1819, are sometimes found
in bound copies.5

4 Since the above was written I have been informed by the Librarian of
the British Museum that a complete copy of Say's American Conchology is
in the Library. It is in the original wrappers, lacking only the back cover
of Part 1. The Glossary is bound separately. In addition, there is a
separate copy of Part VII, in the original covers. Doubtless other copies
will be found.

s The status of Say 's contributions to Nicholson 's Encyclopedia is now
cleared by the researches of Mr. Eoberts, Superintendent of the Eeading
Eooms of the Library of Congress.

The first American edition of this work, published in 1816-17, carried in
Vol. 2, an unsigned article of fourteen pages on Conchology. Vol. 7 has
four plates bearing Say's name. This article, as will be seen, is readily
identified as the work of Say.

The second American edition of the 'Encyclopaedia, published in 1818,
contains the same article of fourteen pages, and the four plates. The
article is unsigned.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 47

Description of the Several Parts

The rarity of the work is probably due to the conditions under
which it was written and published. The author was remote
from a reference library ; dependent on inadequate equipment at
the New Harmony School Press, where the work was printed page
at a time ; and the public was indifferent to a technical and occa-
sional paper on a new and unfamiliar subject. Say's biographer,
Dr. George Ord, sometime President of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, and a close personal friend of the author, does not hesi-
tate to characterize the work as a wretched and disgraceful exam-
ple of American typography, whose only redeeming feature was
the lovely plates drawn by Mrs. Lucy Say and engraved by such
masters as Tiebout and Lyon. The work was, in fact, in glaring
contrast to the superb volumes of Say on American Entomology,
published under the liberal patronage of Mr. Samuel Augustus
Mitchell, in Philadelphia (1824, 1825, 1828, three volumes; re-
published by W. G. Binney, with the original plates, in 1859, in
two volumes). Dr. Ord's strictures on Say's indifference to the
habits and life history of his species are not always justified, his
treatment of the genera Pecten, Ostrea, and Petricola, for exam-
ple, being in every way commendable.

Since the pages are not numbered, and the several parts do not
have any distinguishing title pages, it is impossible without the
covers in place to make sure of the original collation. A single
part consisted usually of forty pages, and, with the exception of
the Seventh Part, of ten plates. Two of the completely assembled
copies preserve the original order. Most binders, unless specifi-

The third American edition, published in 1819-21, contains, in Vol. 4, the
same article, revised and enlarged to 20 pages, together with the four plates,
and this is well known to be the work of Say. A paragraph from the re-
vised article reads as follows: "We think it proper to state, in addition to
the above remarks, which are annexed to the descriptions in the first and
second editions of this work, that several species and three new genera are
now added, which, with the exception of a small number of new species now
first published, we have previously given to the world, in several detached
essays, in the pages of the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, in
the collection of which Academy all the species are preserved. ' '

In the London edition of Nicholson's Encyclopcedia, published in 1809, in
Vol. 2, there is a seven page article on Conchology, without plates, but this
was certainly not the work of Say.

44 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

through the accumulated literature at the Academy by Dr. James
A. G. Rehn resulted in finding two complete copies of Say's
American Conchology, and a small package containing copies of
Part VII in the original covers. This discovery prompted a more
thorough inquiry as to the status of original copies in public and
private collections, which inquiry disclosed the facts which are
here presented. It will be apparent that this work, with or with-
out the supplemental section edited by Conrad, is one of the great
rarities in American scientific literature.

Original Copies of Say's American Conchology

Perhaps the most important copy of this work is the one pre-
sented by Mr. Say's widow to the Academy of Natural Sciences,
the date of acquisition being prior to 1840. The covers, text, and
plates are intact, though the covers are bound in at the back. The
Academy possesses another copy, which was presented to the in-
stitution by J. S. Phillips subsequent to 1862, since the accession
slip is in the handwriting of Dr. Nolan, who was not connected
with the Academy until 1862. One of the copies recently discov-
ered in the Academy storeroom, and now the property of Dr.
Irene McCulloch, of the University of Southern California, is
complete, but the covers have been bound in at the back. The
other copy found at the same time is also complete, and in the
original sheets and covers. It was purchased by Mr. J. R. LeB.
Tomlin, of St. Leonards-on-Sea, England.

Sabin's Bibliotheca Americana attributes a copy of the Seventh
Part to the New York State Library, Albany, N. Y. This par-
ticular copy must have perished in the great fire of 1912, for the
copy now owned by the Library does not contain the concluding
signature. It lacks also the Glossary and the original covers.
The Union Library Catalogue attributes a copy to the Library of
Harvard College. This copy was located in the Library of the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. It is complete,
though the copy has been broken up in rebinding, the text and
the plates being arranged to suit a classification agreeable to the
original owner. The covers have not been retained, and the
copy is minus the Glossary. Other copies containing Part VII
are in the John Crerar Library, Chicago ; the Library of the Uni-

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 45

versity of Michigan, which copy was originally in the library of
the late Bryant Walker; and the Historical Society of Pennsyl-
vania, Philadelphia. All three copies lack the original covers and
the Glossary.

There is a bound copy in the Library of the University of Chi-
cago, containing the six parts, with the original covers, and the
Glossary. The Boston Public Library, the Franklin Institute,
Philadelphia, and the Library of Congress all have bound copies,
lacking Part VII and the covers. The Boston Public Library has
also the Glossary; the others probably have the Glossary either
bound in or preserved separately.

The Indiana State Library has two copies, each containing the
six parts without covers. One is known as the Holliday copy,
and has the Glossary; the other has the Glossary but the plates
are bound in at the end of the volume.

The copy originally owned by Roswell Marsh is now in the
writer 's collection. It is bound in order, but the covers are miss-
ing, though the Glossary accompanies the volume, being inserted
as a separate. Roswell Marsh was a pioneer surveyor west of the
Mississippi River, who had to execute some of his commissions
under military protection. Marsh's copy was bequeathed to his
nephew, Charles E. Udell, of Dubuque, Iowa, and bears the auto-
graph of both owners.

A bound copy, containing six parts, but no covers, and possibly
the Glossary, is in the Workingman 's Library, New Harmony,
Indiana, where Say lived and where he is buried.

Finally, there is the copy originally owned by W. G. Binney,
containing all seven parts, the text, plates, and covers in their
original order, though the Glossary is not included. This copy
is now in the possession of the writer.

Records show that there was once a copy of Say in the Library
of the Smithsonian Institution, but it cannot be located now.
Inquiries failed to find a copy in the libraries of Dr. William H.
Dall or John B. Hendesron, Jr., both of which are in the Depart-
ment of Mollusks in the National Museum. The Library of West-
ern Reserve Historical Society, Cleveland, Ohio, and the Boston
Public Library, each possess a copy of Part I.

Summary. — Of the eighteen copies of Say's American Conchol-

46 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

Of the four complete copies which do not have the covers, all
are bound ; but one has the text and the plates collated according
to a classification not specified.

Of the remaining nine copies, all, with one exception, are bound,
and all lack the original covers.

The most perfect copy is the Binney copy, and the next the
unbound copy in the Tomlin collection.

Separata of Say's article on Conchology from the third edition
of Nicholson's American Encyclopedia, 1819, are sometimes found
in bound copies.5

5 The status of Say 's contributions to Nicholson 's Encyclopedia is now
cleared by the researches of Mr. Eoberts, Superintendent of the Reading
Rooms of the Library of Congress.

The second American edition of the Encyclopedia, published in 1818,
contains the same article of fourteen pages, and the four plates. The
article is unsigned.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 47

Description of the Several Parts

In the London edition of Nicholson's Encyclopedia, published in 1809, in
Vol. 2, there is a seven page article on Conchology, without plates, but this
was certainly not the work of Say.

48 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

cally instructed, are almost sure to discard covers and advertising
pages, though these materials are often rich in historic, and even
scientific, data.

Part I comprises forty pages of text, which count includes the
title and dedication pages. The cover is the same as the title
page, except that the space given to the name and connections of
the author and a familiar quotation from Young is used for a
Table of Contents. This table, as on all subsequent covers except
that for Part VII, is arranged in the alphabetical generic order.
At the foot of both the title page and the cover is the date of pub-
lication, 1830. At the heading of the cover, in a single line, is the
identification of the part : "Vol. I. No. 1. Price $1.50 coloured."

The following thirteen species are treated in order : Astarte
castanea, Pandora trilineata, Oliva literata, Unio triangularis,
Unio sulcatus, Unio ridibundus, Unio monodonta, Delphinula ?
laxa, Melania nupera, Melania depygis, Lutraria lineata, Palu-
dina decisa, and Paludina vivipara. Four of these are for the
first time described, and are indicated by italics. The ten plates,
numbered 1-10, were engraved by C. Tiebout.

The other pages of the cover have no printing on them, save the
last which carries an "Erratum," reading: "In the Observations
on Unio ridibundus, for ' flagellatus, Nob.' read sulcatus, Lea."

Part II consists of forty pages, the last two being blank, and
ten plates, numbered 11-20. The species treated, thirteen in all,
are enumerated as before in alphabetical generic order. The
cover states that the number is Vol. I. No. II, and the date of pub-
lication, given at the foot, is April, 1831.

The species treated are : Anodonta suborbicidata, Nucula
limatula, Nucula laevis, Nucula concentrica, Helix albolabris,
Helix thyroidus, Unio ellipsis, Unio subtentus, Unio undulatus,
Unio abruptus, Solecurtus costatus, Fulgur pyruloides, and Glan-
dina truncata. Of these only three are for the first time de-
scribed, indicated as before by italics. On the last page of the
cover there is an extended statement on the objectives of the work
and an urgent appeal for the support of the project. The author
promises a reduction in price of the parts from $1.50 to $1.00 as
soon as a sufficient number of subscribers are enrolled, but gives
any subscriber the privilege of withdrawing his name after con-

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 49

eluding his payment for the fourth number. It is feared that
most of them availed themselves of this offer.

Part III consists of forty pages of text and ten plates, num-
bered 21-30. The typography of the cover is somewhat changed,
a bolder type being used. The Section is designated simply as
"No. III. Price $1.50 coloured." It bears the date, September,
1830, but this was corrected on the last page of the cover of Part
VI to read, 1831. On the last page of the cover there is a notice
set in large type, in two lines, expressing a fear that because of
the author 's ' ' insular residence ' ' some errors of nomenclature may
have crept in. "Judicious criticism" is solicited, which will be
given space on the covers of succeeding issues.

Sixteen species are treated in this number in the following
order: Alasmodonta confragosa, Unio phaseolus, TJnio tetralas-
mus, Sigaretus perspectivus, Sigaretus maculatus, Venus grata,
Scalaria clathrus, Scalaria multistriata, Scalaria lineata, Amphi-
desma transversum, Amphidesma aequale, Fusus corneus, Fusus
cinereus, Paludina ponderosa, Paludina subpurpurea, and Palu-
dina intertexta. Six of these described as new are indicated by
italics.

Part IV, bearing on the cover the date of March, 1832, treats
of fifteen species. As before there are ten plates, numbered 31-
40. The table of contents arranged the genera in alphabetical
order, but the textual order is as follows: Limneus umbrosus,
Limneus reflexus, Limneus reflexus, Limneus elodes, Unio ven-
tricosa, Unio interruptus, Unio glebulus, Unio declivis, Area
staminea, Area lienosa, Helix clausa, Helix elevata, Helix pro-
funda, Siphonaria alternata, Bullina canaliculata, and Cardita
tridentata. Only two of these are described as new in this num-
ber, and both of these are fossils. The signature of a new en-
graver, L. Lyon, appears on five of the plates, that of Tiebout on
three, and two are unsigned. On the last page of the cover, sepa-
rated from other notes by a heavy black lead, is the statement that
since the publication of the preceding number Mr. Tiebout had
died.

Faithful to his agreement on the last page of the cover of Part
III, Say published on the last page of the cover of Part IV a cor-
rection of an erroneous conclusion he had drawn as to the habitat

50 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

of a shell he had received from Mr. Barabino, a correspondent of
his in New Orleans. He stated that his Alasmodonta confragosa
was not found in the Mississippi River near New Orleans, but in
Bayou Teche, Louisiana, "about two hundred miles N. N. W. from
New Orleans. ' ' He also referred to the researches of another cor-
respondent, Mr. 0. Evans, which leave no doubt that Ampullaria
urceus, published as a Mississippi River shell, is not an inhabitant
of that stream; and made request for further information.

(To fee continued)

THE SEASONAL LIFE HISTORY OF A LAND SNAIL,
POLYGYRA THYROIDUS (SAY)1

BY HARLEY J. VAN CLEAVE and THURAL DALE FOSTER2

After many years of collecting and field study of Polygyra
thyroidus, the wooded flood plain of the Sangamon River about
one and one-half miles northeast of White Heath in Piatt County,
Illinois, was selected as a site for intensive study of this species
of land snail. From 1931 to 1936 the junior author of this paper
took a series of thirty-two population samples from this area and
made extended field and laboratory observations. The collections
included at least two representative samples for every month of
the year and for most months three or even four samples were
available for study. More than 2700 individuals of P. thyroidus
were studied. Periods of flood and other circumstances pre-
vented sampling at regular monthly intervals. The analysis of
these collections yielded many points of interest concerning the
biology of P. thyroidus, considered in a manuscript thesis pre-
pared by the junior author. Two sections of this thesis have been
published previously (Foster, 1936 and 1937). The present
paper includes observations and conclusions relating to the sea-
sonal life history of P. thyroidus. Rate of growth was deter-
mined by distribution curves prepared for successive samples and
checked by observations on individuals and groups kept in ter-
raria.

1 Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of
Illinois.

2 Mr. Foster died June 6, 1936.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 51

In spite of prolonged observations, little information on mating
in this species has been obtained. This is probably due to the
fact that this species is largely nocturnal in habits and most of
the field study was of necessity carried on in daylight. On No-
vember 2, 1931, a pair of these snails was found in copulation in
the field just at twilight and on the evening of September 21,
1935, one pair was found in copula while a collection was being
transported to the laboratory for study. These two instances
give evidence that fertilization occurs in the fall. Collections of
living snails brought into the laboratory in the fall have been
kept under close observation for a period of five months, until eggs
were laid, but the writers were not able to secure observations on
copulation in these experiments.

In the laboratory, P. thyroidus has been observed to deposit
eggs as early as February 2, but in the field the earliest clutches
of eggs were found on May 1 and other snails in the same area
continued to deposit egg masses until August 15.

The eggs usually occur in small, shallow holes in excavations in
the soil prepared by the snail. In the area studied, eggs have
never been found in the debris or rotten wood. The masses
encountered in the field contained 20 to 70 eggs each.

In terraria, at room temperature, 19 days has been the mini-
mum time observed for hatching. However, eggs laid on the
same day have shown as much as seven days ' difference in incuba-
tion time when kept under the same general conditions of tem-
perature and moisture. It is probable that there is even greater
variability in incubation time under conditions of nature. The
long egg-laying season, extending over several months, and the
irregularity in time of hatching are factors which enable P.
thyroidus to maintain itself under the unstable conditions of the
flood plain. Changes such as those produced by flood waters are
usually of but short duration and could not wipe out an entire
new generation as might be the case if all of the eggs were
deposited at the same time.

There is extreme individual variation in growth rate in P.
thyroidus. In laboratory experiments it has been repeatedly
noticed that young snails of this species hatched in a terrarium
from the same clutch of eggs do not grow at a uniform rate even

52 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

when kept under similar environmental conditions. In a period
of three months, individuals hatched at the same time and kept
under identical conditions of light, moisture, temperature and
food supply included some fully twice the shell diameter of others.
Simpson (1901) noticed comparable differences in the growth
rate of individuals of P. alboldbris.

Individual variability in growth rate, the long period during
which eggs are laid and highly variable seasonal and environ-
mental conditions encountered by the young at the extremes of
the reproductive season introduce a series of highly complex
variables into the interpretation of population samples. As
pointed out by one of the authors of this paper (Foster, 1936)
the extremes in size of adult shells in this and other species of
and snails are so conspicuously different that earlier writers
attributed distinct varietal status to the extremes in shell size.
Distribution of shell size in this species conforms to a normal dis-
tribution curve within which adult shells range from 18.5 to 24.5
mm. in greater diameter.

That growth rate is largely influenced by environmental condi-
tions, as well as by individual peculiarities, has been shown by
comparing rate of shell growth in specimens in terraria at room
temperatures with individuals confined in enclosures out of doors.
Previous observations based on analysis of successive samples had
given evidence that P. thyroidus makes little growth during the
winter months. This species seems to be restricted to woods
nettles (Laportea canadense) and possibly other succulent vege-
tation as food, for in nature there is little evidence of growth
during the fall, winter and early spring. During the period from
February 6 to April 3 forty-nine immature individuals of P.
thyroidus were placed in a screened outdoor enclosure in ground
cover from their original habitat. In eight weeks these indi-
viduals added on the average but 0.09 mm. to the greater shell
diameter. In the same period a comparable series kept in a
terrarium at room temperatures and fed in lettuce showed an
average increase of 1.3 mm. in greater diameter. On several
occasions, young at room temperatures have shown an increase of
more than 2 mm. in greater diameter per month and one
individual grew 3 mm. in greater diameter in one month.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 53

Upon hatching the young of P. thyroidus are approximately
3.5 mm. in greater diameter. Individuals of this size are found
only with greatest difficulty in the loose soil and floor cover of
the flood plain habitat.

Collections of immature individuals taken in the winter months
have a mode of lesser diameters falling at 7.5 mm. Similar col-
lections taken in spring months have a mode for lesser diameter
of the shell at 8.5 mm. Woods nettles, the chief food plant of P.
thyroidus begins to appear in late April or early May. There-
after growth is rapid and by August the mode for immature
shells is about 16.5 mm.

Practically all of the snails that pass one winter as immature
young attain full growth, form a reflexed lip on the shell and are
recognizable as mature adults by the following fall. Typically,
the first breeding season is in the third year.

In the attainment of mature form individuals show marked
differences. During summer and fall, when growth rate is most
pronounced, the largest juvenile shells are as much as 4 mm.
greater in diameter than the smallest adult shells living with
them. Growth rate tends to be relatively slow in the first season
after hatching. One millimeter increase in diameter is about
normal during the four summer and early fall months following
hatching. Small snails that enter the winter season with a
diameter of only about 7.5 mm. show marked increase in growth
rate when active feeding starts in late April or early May. For
a short period in early spring the increase in diameter is at a
rate of approximately 2.5 mm. per month.

Maturity requires more than one full year. The individuals
which attain a lip in the fall of their second growing season pro-
duce eggs the following spring when they have just completed
their second year or are entering on their third year. Three or
possibly four years seems to be the usual length of life for
individuals of this species.

References Cited

Foster, T. D. 1936. — Size of shell in land snails of the genus
Polygyra, with particular reference to major and minor
varieties. Amer. Midi. Nat., 17 (6) : 978-982.

54 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

(in press). — Productivity of a land snail, Polygyra

thyroides (Say).

Simpson, G. B. 1901. — Anatomy and physiology of Polygyra
albolabris and Limax maximus and embryology of
Limax maximus. Bull. N. Y. St. Museum, Vol. 8, no. 40.

A NEW TURBONILLA FROM MONTEREY
BAY, CALIFORNIA

BY A. M. STEONG

In a reconnaisance survey of Monterey Bay, California, Dr.
Tage Skogsberg of the Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford Uni-
versity has secured several specimens of an undescribed Tur-
bonilla. These were submitted to Miss Myra Keen of the Stan-
ford University Geology Department for identification ; recogniz-
ing them as new she has in turn forwarded them to me for
diagnosis and description.

Genus Turbonilla Risso, 1826
Genotype by subsequent designation: Turbonilla plicatula
Risso, 1826, not T. plicatula (Brocchi), 1814; (= Turbonilla
typica Dall and Bartsch, 1903).

Subgenus Pyrgolampros Sacco, 1892
Genotype: Pyrgolampros mioperpUcatulus Sacco, 1892.

Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) skogsbergi Strong, new species.
PI. 4, figs. 3.
Holotype: Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll. No. 6054. Para-
type: Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll. No. 6055. Type locality:
Monterey Bay, five miles north of Monterey, California, at a
depth of 28 fathoms.

Description: Shell slender, acutely conic, shining, whitish, with,
beginning on the third or fourth whorl, a brown band covering
the anterior third of the whorls between the sutures and extend-
ing over the periphery to the middle of the base ; nuclear whorls
small, depressed, not immersed, having their axis at right angles
to that of the following whorls; postnuclear whorls moderately
rounded, sutures distinct; axial sculpture consisting of about 18
broad, nearly straight, slightly protractive ribs which extend

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 55

from suture to suture but fade out just below the periphery, with
shallow, narrower interspaces ; spiral sculpture of numerous, fine,
closely-spaced striations over the entire surface; periphery well
rounded ; base rather short, well rounded ; aperture subquadrate,
posterior angle acute, outer lip thin, showing the brown color-
band within ; columella slender, nearly straight. The holotype
has lost the nucleus and first postnuclear whorl, the remaining 8
whorls measure : length, 5.6, maximum diameter, 2.0 mm. The
description of the nucleus was taken from an immature paratype
of 5 whorls which measures : length, 2.5, maximum diameter, 0.8
mm.

Comparison: This species is nearest to Turbonilla (Pyrgolam-
pros) newcombei Dall and Bartsch1 from British Columbia, differ-
ing principally in the wider ribs and shorter base. Number of
specimens: Two adults and six immature specimens, in addition
to the type material, were dredged at the type locality. Col-
lector: Dr. Tage Skogsberg; specimens collected in 1935. Reposi-
tories of type material: Holotype and paratype, Stanford Univ.
Paleo Type Coll. Other specimens are deposited in the collec-
tions of the California Academy of Sciences, United States
National Museum, and A. M. Strong.

SOME LAND MOLLUSKS OF THREE COUNTIES
IN EASTERN OHIO

BY A. F. ARCHER

There has been very little published on the land mollusks of
the extreme eastern section of Ohio, and from many aspects this
area is still somewhat of a terra incognita. In November, 1936,
a preliminary survey of the fauna was undertaken by myself
in order to explore the possibilities of future research. As
stated in another paper the whole region has been badly defor-
ested due to a combination of grazing, small-scale agriculture,
and particularly the heavy demands on local timber by industry
and mining. The bluffs above the Ohio River have been almost
entirely denuded of their forest cover. In other areas woodland
remains only on steep ledges and in ravines. Beyond that woods
exist in very small patches on other types of terrain. The pur-

i Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 33, 1907, p. 503, pi. 45, fig. 6.

56 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

pose of this paper is to furnish annotated lists of the fauna of
four random localities within the confines of Jefferson, Belmont,
and Guernsey counties.

Steubenville, Jefferson County, Ohio. This locality consists
of a river bluff at the edge of the city. The rocky bluffs are
covered with a rather rank growth of tall weeds and some shrubs,
such as sumac and wild grape. A level area along the street is
covered with grasses, burdocks and other weeds, and the ground
is rather stony. The soil along this side of the Ohio River is
impregnated with soot, and is somewhat acid. The snails live
in the grass and weeds and under stones and rocks both on the
bluff and along the street.

Haplotrema concavum (Say). Occasional.
Betinella indentata (Say) form paucilirata (Morelet). Not
common.

Mesomphix inornatus (Say). Occasional.
Mesomphix perlaevis Pilsbry. Rare.
Zonitoides ligerus (Say). Very abundant.
Zonitoides intertextus (A. Binney). Rare.
Polygyra tridentata (Say). Very common.
Polygyra profunda (Say). Occasional.
Polygyra albolabris (Say). Not common.

New Alexandria, Jefferson County. This locality consists of
a series of steep ledges, thinly wooded, above level open fields on
either side of a small stream. The leaf mold is thick; logs are
numerous; and the woods are composed of oaks, hickories and
maples. The snails are not very common.

Haplotrema concavum (Say).
Betinella wheatleyi (Bland).
Zonitoides ligerus (Say).
Zonitoides intertextus (A. Binney).
Polygyra hirsuta (Say).
Polygyra fraterna (Say).
Polygyra tridentata (Say).
Polygyra palliata (Say).
Polygyra profunda (Say).
Polygyra thyroidus (Say).

Polygyra fraterna (Say). Like P. clausa this snail is notably
rare in woods (except where fires have swept through). It is

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 57

common in grass along roads and in fields, and to some extent
stones and boards. The adults tend to shun the deeper shade of
shrubs (except during hibernation).

Polygyra monodon (Rackett). Common in meadows, orchards
and on railroad embankments, in grass, weeds, and under boards.

Anguispira alternata is a very abundant culture snail in
western and northern Ohio, and inhabits walls, roadsides, rail-
road embankments, etc. It is not very common in grass, and
seems to require the adequate shelter of burdocks and other tall
weeds, as well as boards, rocks, and shrubs. Holicodiscus paral-
lelus is abundant in very rocky places in fields and in walls.
Gonyodiscus cronkhitei anthonyi is abundant under stones and
in weeds along roads, under stones, boards, and rubbish in fields
and vacant lots. Gonyodiscus perspectivus, although rare in
open country, occasionally lives under logs or in grass in fields.
Zonitoides ligerus lives in grass in fields in large numbers, as
well as in weeds, such as soapweed, on railroad embankments;
Z. demissus is common in grass in fields; Z. intertextus lives in
grass and weeds (especially on stony ground) in fields, and on
rocky river bluffs in eastern Ohio, but is never common. Z.
arbor ens is fairly frequent in all types of culture zones, rural
and urban. Gastrocopta armifera and Pupoides marginatus are
rare or absent in woods, but abundant in fields, on railroad em-
bankments, and also in rocky, open country. The other Gastro-
coptas (pentodon and contracta) are rare in open country, except
on stony or rocky ground. Vertigo tridentata and V. ventricosa
have similar preferences, while V. pygmaea is less exacting, for
it lives in the same habitats as Vallonia pulchella and V. costata.
Both of the Vallonias are common in open country, at least on less
acid soils. Hawaiia minuscida is indifferent as far as the pres-
ence or absence of lime is concerned. It is partial to open grassy
and stony country. Cochlicopa lubrica is certainly more com-
mon in open country than in woodland cover. Retinella inden-
tata lives in grass and under stones in fields nad other types of
open country, and is quite often found buried in plant trash in
shrubby thickets; R. wheatleyi has almost identical habits, while
R. electrina is more partial to grass and weeds than to stony
cover. Of the genus Mesomphix we find inornatus and perlaevis

58 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

living under stones on bare river bluffs and in vacant lots, all in
eastern Ohio. Neither of the species are at all common in open
country. Agriolimax (Deroceras) laevis campestris and A.
agrestis live in open fields, in grass or under rocks and boards,
and also occur in urban surroundings. Eaplotrema concavum
occurs sporadically in grass and weeds in company with its
molluscan prey.

From all the evidence gathered so far, it seems clear that a
very considerable and adaptive fauna is in the process of taking
over the open country created by agriculture, industry, and
human occupation in eastern Ohio. In many instances many
species are now more abundant per square acre than they were
under the old forest conditions. Other species are greatly lim-
ited by culture conditions, even though they do affect open
country, while some are actually eliminated or locally extirpated.
It is significant that the major part of this assemblage of culture
species is of American and not of European origin, contrary to
the predictions of some naturalists a few years ago.

The species listed above live in leaf mold, under bark, and
under logs. The fields below the ledges contain only two less
species. The vegetation consists of grasses, tall annual weeds,
such as goldenrod, mint, and patches of wild grape. The species
are:

Haplotrema concavum (Say). Under logs; in tall weeds.
Not common.

Zonitoides ligerus (Say). In grass, tall weeds, and wild
grape.

Zonitoides intertextus (A. Binney). Under logs. Rare.

Polygyra hirsuta (Say). In grass, tall weeds; in wild grape
patches ; under logs. The commonest species in the open.

Polygyra fraterna (Say). In grass. Uncommon.

Polygyra tridentata (Say). Under logs; in wild grape; in
tall weeds. Next in abundance.

Polygyra clausa (Say). In mint patches.

Polygyra thyroidus (Say). In grass. Occasional.

Lloydsville, Belmont County. This locality is an area of
pastured hills. One of the hills contains a patch of oak-hickory
woods near the summit, some of the trees being white oak, yellow
oak, shellbark hickory, rock maple, and beech. The soil is a

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 59

yellowish clay, and the outcropping rocks are sandstone and
shale. The snails are concentrated in leaf pockets, around
stumps, and under logs.

Haplotrema concavum (Say). Occasional.

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say). Rare.

Zonitoides demissus (A. Binney). Rare.

Polygyra hirsuta (Say) . In leaf pockets occasionally, but com-
monest hibernating in brambles and around stumps.

Polygyra fraterna (Say). Around stumps. Rare.

Polygyra tridentata (Say). Under logs and stones. Occa-
sional.

Polygyra albolabris (Say). Rare.

In contrast with the seven species in the woods, fourteen spe-
cies were found in the open fields, and some of them are abundant.
They live in grass and weeds as well as among stones, and are
especially common on the lower slopes. The species are :

Haplotrema concavum (Say). Occasional.
Anguispira alternata (Say). Rare.
Retinella wheatleyi (Bland) . Rare.
Betinella electrina (Gould). Rare.
Zonitoides arboreus (Say). Rare.
Zonitoides demissus (A. Binney). Common.
Polygyra hirsuta (Say). Abundant.
Polygyra fraterna (Say). Rather frequent.
Polygyra tridentata (Say). Common.
Polygyra albolabris (Say). Not common.

Three miles west of Fairview, Guernsey County. In this
locality the woods are largely confined to deep ravines. The
trees are white oaks and maples with an understory of seedlings,
brambles, and wild grape patches. The humus has been trampled
by cattle, and apparently in consequence of this the snails occur-
ring belong mostly to small species. The snails live under fallen
bark and logs, in leaf mold, and in wild grape. The species are :

Anguispira alternata (Say). Uncommon.
Zonitoides ligerus (Say). Rather frequent.
Polygyra hirsuta (Say). Quite common.
Polygyra inflecta (Say). Uncommon.
Polygyra fraudulenta Pilsbry. Uncommon.

In the shrubby, grassy roadsides and fields above the ravines
four species are found:

60 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

Anguispira alternata (Say). In trash among shrubs. Un-
common.

Polygyra fraterna (Say). Common in grass, but avoiding the
shrubs.

Polygyra inflecta (Say). In shrubs and grass. Occasional.

Polygyra fraudulenta Pilsbry. Mostly in shrubs. The com-
monest species.

A NEW RACE OF HELMINTHOGYPTA TRASKI
FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA

BY E. P. CHACE

In the course of a trip to Ensenada fragments of a Helmintho-
gypta were found which we were unable to refer to any of the
named races. Further search at the same locality by the writers
and Mr. and Mrs. Geo. Willett in February, 1937, netted two live
and two very good dead shells, one of the live ones not quite ma-
ture. Study of these specimens shows them to be a distinct race
which is here named

Helminthogypta traski misiona, new subspecies. PI. 4, fig. 2.
Shell low conic, umbilicate, umbilicus about 1/9 the greater
diam. of the shell, permeable to the apex, nearly 1/3 covered by
the reflected lip. Whorls 5£, tumid, the last dropping so as to
leave the dark peripheral band exposed for 1/3 of a turn. Aper-
ture subcircular, moderately oblique. Lip slightly reflected
throughout, more so at the umbilicus, white, faintly thickened
within, ends connected by a very thin, transparent callus. Color,
brownish-olive, slightly lighter on the base, with the usual light-
bordered brown band at the periphery. Periostracum thin, very
glossy. Growth lines regular, close and fairly strong. Under a
20X lens the nuclear and early whorls show a finely granular sur-
face ; parts of the later whorls show very faint incised spiral lines.

Dimensions. (umbilicus to spire)

of type greater diam. 26.9 — lesser diam. 21.7 — altitude, 13.2 mm.

2nd. specimen, " 30.7 24.6 14.6 mm.
Mr. Willett 's

specimen, " 29.0 22.5 13.0 mm.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 61

Lower California: A rock slide near the San Diego-Ensenada
Highway in La Mision Valley. About 40 miles south of Tia
Juana. Two live and one dead shell and several fragments col-
lected by E. P. and E. M. Chace and one shell collected by Mr.
Geo. Willett. The type No. 350a, in the collection of the writers.
Paratype in the collection of Mr. Geo. Willett.

This shell resembles H. traski phlyctaena Bartsch from Santa
Barbara Co. in shape, size, color and umbilicus, but is thinner
and the spiral sculpture is very much weaker. It resembles H.
t. caelata Bartsch, geographically its nearest relative, in the f aint-
ness of its spiral sculpture, but is larger, more widely umbilicate
and is more highly polished. Another neighboring race, H. t.
isidroensis Bartsch, is also smaller, more papillose, and less pol-
ished. The writers are indebted to Dr. Clinton G. Abbott, of the
San Diego Society of Natural History, for the loan of the para-
type of H. t. isidroensis.

A few specimens each of Haplotrema transfuga Hemp, and
Micrarionta stearnsiana Gabb were found in the same rock slide.

HELIX POMATIA LINNE IN JACKSON, MICHIGAN

BY A. F. AKCHEE

Up to the present time all attempts to establish the edible snail,
Helix pomatia Linne, in different points in North America have
ended in failure. This species has been reported in different
localities in the United States, but in all cases the evidence at
hand indicates that it did not perpetuate itself. It is very prob-
able that its failure to do so is largely due to the unsuitable con-
ditions of the environment in each place where the attempted
introduction was made. Helix pomatia chiefly occurs in the mid-
latitudes of central and western Europe, and does not appear to
be adapted to rigorous climates in extreme northern Europe nor,
again, to the semiarid conditions of the Mediterranean Kegion
proper. It, therefore, seems reasonable to expect that in the
humid, temperate portions of North America it would be able to
establish itself successfully. However, there is also a definite soil
requirement on the part of this species. In "The Habitats of
Land Mollusca in Britain" (Jour. Ecol., 1934, Volume 22, p. 31)

62 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

A. E. Boycott states that it is an obligatory calcicole. In other
words, it requires a fairly high calcium content in the soil. This
fact in itself would explain the failure to persist in the various
localities where it has been introduced.

In the spring of 1937, Dr. Phil Marsh of Jackson, Michigan,
brought me some specimens of Helix pomatia which he said were
found in a garden in that city. In June both of us, in company
with a member of the state agricultural department, investigated
the locality in order to find out the condition of the colony, and
also to investigate complaints that it was doing damage to garden
plants. It was found that it had been introduced into Jackson
by a Mr. Maddalena who some five years ago, on returning from
a visit to New York City, had released six snails in his lettuce
garden. He had bought the specimens in New York, and in-
tended to propagate them for food, as is the custom in his native
Italy. Since then they have thriven well, and have spread into
all the gardens of the Union Street block, between Third and
Fourth Streets, Jackson. The feelings of his neighbors toward
this strange snail are rather mixed, and in a few cases we found
specific complaints of its effect on garden plants, although on the
whole the local attitude is one of puzzlement or perplexity rather
than hostility. I was skeptical from the start as to its harmful
acivities, for it is not regarded as a garden pest in Europe, nor
is it more than a casual inhabitant of gardens.

The following are the resuts of our investigation of this and
other garden mollusks in this locality :

1. Helix pomatia has become abundant in the gardens and
small orchards of the Union Street block, but at present has not
spread to neighboring blocks. In the course of several hours, we
turned up a total of nearly 200 specimens of various stages of
growth in all the gardens from which samples were taken. Inas-
much as Jackson is located on soils that are slightly on the acid
side, its abundance is a little puzzling. However, the area now
occupied by houses was until recently swamp land which has now
been filled in. The sources of the soil are unknown. Moreover,
the gardens are limed, so that the soil tends to be improved by
cultivation. The gardens themselves consist of flower gardens,
vegetable gardens, and apple and cherry orchards.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 63

The damage imputed to the snail was traced specifically to re-
ports of harm done to zinnias and morning-glories in one garden
only. The work, however, was done by cut-worms, and the snails
probably ate the wilted leaves. Pomatia here as in Europe is
mainly a scavenger, and seldom attacks living plant tissues,
unless the quantity of mycelia eaten be included in this category.
It is harmless at the worst, and may well be beneficial. There are
at least two introduced slugs that are certainly more harmful in
nature than it is.

The habitats of H. pomatia include the following plants under
whose leaves it seeks shelter : Lettuce, fall chrysanthemum, lilacs,
oriental poppy, currants, and various species of grass. It seems
to avoid rhubarb, wood sorrel, and sheep sorrel. It is very
exploratory, climbing wire fences, apple and cherry trees up to
at least six feet. It aestivates in sand boxes, drain pipes, under
cement blocks, and at the foundations of houses.

2. Limax maximus Linne. In lettuce, oriental poppy, and
lilacs. It invades garbage pails. This slug is not very abundant,
but is potentially harmful.

3. Deroceras agreste (Linne). If this slug were more abun-
dant, it would undoubtedly do much damage to garden plants.

4. Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller). Nearly everywhere.

5. Zonitoides arboreus (Say). In grass and under boards.

6. Vallonia pulchella (Muller). In grass and under garden
plants.

The small number of species in the Union Street gardens as
compared with other parts of the city is probably explicable on
the grounds of the recent origin of the surface soil. Other species
in city gardens and back lots include Helicodiscus parallelus, Val-
lonia costata, Succinea avara, and Polygyra albolabris.

MONADENIA SEMIALBA HENDERSON

BY WALTER J. EYERDAM

On August 21-22nd, 1937, Mr. and Mrs. Chace and I made a
special excursion to Rosario beach, Fidalgo island, Skagit County,
Washington, which is only about a quarter of a mile from the
Deception Pass steel bridge which connects the highway with

64 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

Whidby island, Island county. The object of this trip was to
try to find Monadenia semialba Henderson which Dr. Hender-
son described as a new species from a single specimen obtained at
Rosario beach by his assitant Mr. Elvin C. Nelson in the summer
of 1928.

On July 6th, 1936, while collecting plants I found a second live
specimen of M. semialba Hend. at Rosario beach together with
several of the more typical M. fidelis Gray. As I did not have
much time for a more thorough search I resolved to look for them
at a later date.

There has been but little rain during this summer so the Mona-
denias are mostly buried or inactive. On this excursion the
weather looked rather uncertain so we were lucky to have a good
rain during the night of August 21st as we slept in a tent.

During the morning low tide we collected marine shells in the
vicinity of Deception Pass and then we spent the entire afternoon
scouring the steep rocky wooded slope between Reservation Bay
and Rosario beach in an area of about | mile long by 250 yards
wide.

The rain brought out the active snails and we were soon picking
them up at frequent intervals.

Together we took well over 100 specimens, the majority of
which were M. semialba including several off-color forms. The
rest of the snails were the more typical M. fidelis Gray of both
the dark and the light banded forms.

The average M. semialba has the characters of M. fidelis except
that the broad dark brown band encircling the umbilicus is sepa-
rated from the upper half of the shell by a broad yellow straw
colored band about one-fourth of an inch in width. Several speci-
mens have this band colored a brownish yellow and in three
specimens that I have collected the broad band is white with only
a trace of straw color. The largest of these semialba that I have
is 1 inch high and If inches wide. An albino specimen taken
from this colony has a light straw colored base and the upper half
is pure white without any bands. It is If inches in width and li
inches high. This albino specimen is very unlike the form flava
in height and in color.

Monadenia semialba seems only to be found in the limited space
of its area but further explorations in the vicinity on both

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 65

Fidalgo and Whidby islands may reveal its presence in a more
extended range. It is found mostly amongst the large rocks and
in the grass and underbrush amongst the rocks. No specimens
could be found in the adjacent deeper forest. The typical form
is found intermingled in the same habitat along with M. semialba
which is very limited in its range. The color of the living
animals of both forms seems to be identical.

Four distinct color forms besides the typical M. fidelis Gray
have been collected.

Monadenia semialba is not a distinct species but is a subspecies
of M. fidelis Gray. As a race it is quite different than all the
other known color forms. It should be called Monadenia fidelis
semialba Henderson.

FURTHER NOTES UPON TERTIARY AND RECENT

MOLLUSKS FROM FLORIDA TOGETHER WITH

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES

BY MAXWELL SMITH

In the Clewiston, Belle Glade and Loxahatchee areas of Florida
a number of interesting tertiary shells have been collected during
the past year. Certain of these were obtained in very limited
numbers, often solitary examples. It appears that eventually
there will be further additions especially among the small or
minute species.

Loripinus schrammi Crosse. A single valve was secured by
Mrs. Rodney Procter. This species is new to the Tertiary of the
United States. It has been reported from the Antilles. The
specimen, possibly immature, is rather small but agrees otherwise
with living examples from Biscayne Bay (Royce collection) and
Sanibel, Florida. The species lives deep in sand or mud and is
dislodged by large scale commercial dredging. Pliocene, Clewis-
ton, Florida.

Spissula solidissima peninsulae, n. subsp. Shell large, valves
more trigonal than in M. similis; lateral teeth comparatively
short, pallial sinus deep and narrow, pallial line nearest to pos-
terior adductor describing a wide, regular, circular course which
in M. similis is often broken or comparatively straight. The
posterior slope, emanating from the umbo, is very distinct and

66 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

leaves a broad area adjacent to the margin. Holotype, a single
valve, in the writer's collection. Length of left valve 87 mm.
PI. 6, fig. 3. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Tellina (Tellinella) perry ae Smith. (Naut. XLIX, p.
136). A perfect left valve has been found and the description
may be supplemented in consequence. The lunule is narrow,
rather deeply impressed, cardinal teeth small with a restricted
excavated area on each side, the posterior tooth the larger ; lateral
teeth long and raised slightly at their extremities away from
umbo; interior of shell lustrous. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Tellina (Phyllodina) cala,1 n. sp. Shell solid, subequilat-
eral, description based upon a right valve; umbo low, nepionic
shell smooth; anterior end only moderately rounded; posterior
end slightly rostrate, with an incurved dorsal slope, the terminal
slightly truncate ; surface with low distinct concentric waves, less
regularly placed posteriorly, not so strong anteriorly ; lunule in-
conspicuous; hinge not unusual; pallial sinus V-shaped, deep,
approaching margin of shell. Length 16.5 mm.

This shell recalls T. dodona Dall from the Oligocene sands of
Oak Grove, Santa Rosa County, Florida. It differs in the shape
of the posterior dorsal slope, the concentric sculpture and the
larger more extended pallial sinus. PI. 6, fig. la, lb. Pliocene,
Clewiston, Florida.

Turbo castaneus tiara, n. subsp. Shell elongated, spire high
and conspicuous, aperture comparatively small, arrangement of
spiny processes similar to T. castaneus Gmelin. When the oper-
culum is found it doubtless will afford additional characters upon
which to base further study. This form may be entitled to spe-
cific identity. Length 33.5 mm. Holotype to be placed in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology. Paratypes in the Smith and
McGinty collections. PI. 6, fig. 9. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Neritina (Smaragdia) floridana, n. sp. Surface of shell
covered with fine spiral striae, axial growth lines almost as dis-
tinct, the two forming a network, surface with a silk-like sheen ;
surface of body whorl partly covered with numerous broken ir-
regular brownish longitudinal lineations which are replaced near
the suture by a few long brownish ill-defined blotches; inferior
whorls hardly shining ; nucleus brilliant, whorls well rounded ;
callus very broad and prominent, whitish, shining, one prominent
denticle about two-thirds of wall length measured from anterior
end, about six others on anterior side and four upon the pos-
terior. Length of shell 7 mm.

1 cala, beautiful.

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (2)

PLATE 0

M. Smith:— Tertiary Mollusks of Florida.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 67

Compared with the recent N. viridis the new species differs
in the much coarser teeth and quite different spire. In the
recent shell the spire is larger and more tumid, the nuclear whorls
usually less elegant. PI. 6, fig. 8. Pliocene? Loxahatchee,
Florida.

Epitonium cochlea Sowerby. Several specimens of this spe-
cies have been found, one very large and in excellent preservation.
It apparently has never been reported from the tertiary of the
United States.

The shell has been taken living in deep water well of Cape
Hatteras, North Carolina. In the Lesser Antilles it is a littoral
shell. During July, 1937, a fine living specimen was collected by
Paul L. McGinty in Lake Worth, Florida, a new addition to the
fauna of this country. He reported it as being found in swift
running water near the South Inlet, mixed bottom. The black
operculum is a characteristic feature of E. chochlea. Miocene?
Belle Glade, Florida.

Circulus stirophorus,2 n. sp. Shell rather thick, large, um-
bilicus wide and deep ; spiral sculpture consisting of strong, wide,
rounded spiral threads of which there are five on body whorl,
in addition a strong thread forming a keel at the periphery, nu-
merous fine secondary spiral threads between these, occupying a
wider concave area adjacent to the suture; base with four pri-
mary spiral threads, the two inner being less defined, the inter-
mediate spiral sculpture lightly impressed. Greater diameter
12 mm., lesser diameter 10 mm., height 5.5 mm.

Woodring has pointed out the identity of Circulus bicarinatus
Guppy which occurs in the Miocene of Jamaica. That species
possesses four spiral threads, above, on the body whorl and only
two on the base. The neotype of bicarinatus measures 7.5 mm.
in diameter.

Circulus beaui Fischer the large recent species living from
Florida to Guadalupe, is mentioned by Dall in his work upon the
southern tertiary mollusks with the suggestion that it be searched
for together with other fossils. In A. beaui the upper spiral
threads are numerous, fine, low; the intermediate threads upon
the spire often approaching the primary ones in size. Also there
is only one keel below the periphery and the umbilicus is much
narrower than in A. stirophorus.

The holotype is to be placed in the M.C.Z. PI. 6, fig. 2a, 2b.
Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Morum macgintyi n. sp. Shell of moderate size, whorls angu-
lated above, above the shoulder finely spirally striated, below

2 stirophorus, keeled.

68 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

shoulder about nine spiral ribs which form blunt nodules at their
intersection with the axial ridges, the latter not continuous, the
interstices squarish, the axial ridges forming short slightly re-
curved spines upon the shoulder of spire and body whorl, the
spines also present upon the exterior of the well thickened peri-
stome. The aperture is rather wide, callus extending well over
parietal wall, granulated with long irregularly placed indepen-
dent raised lines, outer lip coarsely denticulated, posterior end
reflexed, canal distinct. Length 25 mm.

One of the most attractive little shells to turn up in the marls
of Florida. It is named for its discoverer Paul L. McGinty of
Boynton, Florida. Holotype in the McGinty collection. PI. 6,
fig. 12. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

(To oe continued)

THE SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERI-
CAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION IN THE MUSEUM
OF ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN,
AUGUST 3 TO 5, 1937

It was an innovation for the American Malacological Union to
hold its seventh annual meeting in midsummer instead of spring,
but the dates of August 3 to 5, 1937, will be remembered by all
who attended the meeting in Ann Arbor as among the most en-
joyed of the year. During the morning of Tuesday, August 3,
visitors registered in the lobby of the Museums Building of the
University of Michigan, while the Council of the Union held a
meeting in Mr. Calvin Goodrich's laboratory, Mr. Goodrich being
the active host of the Union on the occasion of this year's conven-
tion.

The regular sessions were opened Tuesday afternoon with an
address of welcome by Mr. Frederick M. Gaige, Director of the
Museum of Zoology, who extended an invitation to a luncheon
on Wednesday as a memorial from the University for Dr. Bryant
Walker. Mr. Joshua L. Baily, Jr., president of the Union, re-
sponded, thanking Mr. Gaige and the University for their cordial
greetings. This was followed by the presentation of scientific
papers. The titles Tuesday afternoon were "Some New Light on
Bolten's Catalogue" by Dr. Harald A. Rehder; "Notes on Mar-
tyn's Universal Conchologist" by Dr. Rehder; "The Discovery
of Living Pyrgulopsis letsoni (Walker) " by Dr. Elmer G. Berry,
"Certain Pectens of the Pacific Coast" by Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd;

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 69

"Problems of Distribution" by Dr. Paul Bartsch; "Goniobasis
Breeding" by Dr. Bartsch; "Post-Glacial Repopulation of an
Area of the Huron River Valley of Michigan" by Mr. Calvin
Goodrich. Dr. Rehder's first paper elicited the passing of a
motion made by Dr. Paul Bartsch and seconded by Dr. Pilsbry,
That Dr. Rehder be asked to petition the International Commis-
sion of Nomenclature to suppress Bolten's specific names.

The presidential address was given Tuesday evening in the
Museum, Mr. Baily taking for his topic "The Colony of Helix
nemoralis at Burlington, New Jersey." Several hundred speci-
mens were displayed in illustration.

On reconvening on Wednesday morning the following papers
were presented : ' ' The Relationship of Gravid Periods of Certain
Mussels in Michigan to the Pearl Button Industry ' ' by Dr. Henry
van der Schalie; "Successors to Timothy Abbott Conrad" by Dr.
H. E. Wheeler; "Distribution of California Land Shells" by Dr.
Henry A. Pilsbry; "A Colony of Helix pomatia in Jackson,
Michigan, ' ' by Dr. Phil L. Marsh.

Papers in the afternoon were four in number: "Habitats of
Some Land Mollusks in Eastern North America" by Dr. Allan
F. Archer; "Fossil Molluscan Fauna of the Ortona Lock Exca-
vation of Florida" by Mr. W. E. Lincoln; "Is It Environment?"
by Dr. Paul Bartsch; "Cuban Liguus" by Dr. Carlos de la Torre.

At the general business meeting held before the reading of the
papers on Wednesday afternoon, the report of the Council meet-
ing on Tuesday morning was read by the financial secretary with
the following recommendations which were unanimously adopted :

That members in arrears for dues for two years be dropped.

That the Council shall consist of the officers, honorary and past
presidents and members at large not to exceed four.

That members of the Council present at any annual meeting
shall constitute a quorum.

The invitation of Dr. Carlos de la Torre to hold the 1938 meet-
ing in Havana, Cuba, was accepted for the Easter vacation.

Members of the Council were elected as follows : President, Dr.
Carlos de la Torre; Vice-President, Dr. Maxwell Smith; Corre-
sponding Secretary, Mr. Norman W. Lermond; Financial Secre-
tary, Mrs. Harold R. Robertson ; Councillors at large, Dr. Henry

70 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

van der Schalie, Dr. Fred Baker and Dr. Horace B. Baker. Hon-
orary and past presidents, Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, Dr. Henry A.
Pilsbry, Dr. Paul Bartsch, Prof. Junius Henderson, Mr. William
J. Clench, Mr. Calvin Goodrich, Mr. Joshua L. Baily, Jr.

It was moved by Mr. A. La Rocque, and unanimously carried,
That a standing committee of fifteen or more be appointed by the
president of the Union for the purpose of compiling a check-list
of the Mollusca of North America north of Mexico. Mr. Baily
named to this committee, Mr. William J. Clench, Dr. G. D. Hanna,
Dr. Frank Collins Baker, Dr. Stanley T. Brooks, Mr. Calvin Good-
rich, Dr. Elmer G. Berry, Dr. Henry van de Schalie, Dr. Fred
Baker, Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, Prof. Junius Henderson, Mr. A.
LaRocque, Mr. J. P. Oughton, Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, Dr. Paul
Bartsch, and Mr. E. G. Vanatta.

It was moved by Mr. Harold R. Robertson, seconded by Mr.
Paul P. McGinty and carried unanimously, That a Committee of
Nomenclature be appointed by the president of the Union to con-
sist of five members, and to act in a purely advisory capacity on
questions of nomenclature submitted to it. This committee con-
sists of Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, Dr. Paul Bartsch, Mr. William J.
Clench, Dr. Horace B. Baker and Dr. S. Stillman Berry.

Greetings were read from Prof, and Mrs. Junius Henderson
and from Mr. Norman W. Lermond who also sent an invitation
to the Union to meet in Thomaston, Maine, for its ninth annual
convention. Mr. J. P. Oughton brought greetings from the Royal
Ontario Museum of Toronto and an invitation to come to that city
in 1939. These invitations as well as one of long-standing from
the San Diego Shell Club will be considered at the next meeting.

It was moved by Dr. B. H. Bales, seconded by Mr. Harold R.
Robertson and carried unanimously, That Mr. Norman W. Ler-
mond be especially invited to attend each annual meeting of the
American Malacological Union and that a check for traveling
expenses accompany each such invitation ; this action being taken
in recognition of Mr. Lermond 's successful efforts in starting the
American Malacological Union.

Dr. de la Torre expressed his gratitude to the Union for honor-
ing him with the presidency and promised to do all in his power
to make the convention in Cuba next year a pleasant one.

Oct., 1937] the nautilus 71

In tribute to the memory of members lost by death during the
year Dr. Bartsch asked for a moment of silence while the assem-
bled company stood with bowed heads. Those thus remembered
were Herbert N. Lowe, Mrs. Clifford L. Blakeslee, Prof. B.
Shimek, Miss Theodora Willard and Mrs. Burr H. Nicholls.

At the conclusion of the business session resolutions were
adopted thanking the faculty of the Museum of Zoology of the
University of Michigan for the use of meeting rooms and other
acts of hospitality in connection with the 1937 convention.

Wednesday evening was devoted by many of the visitors to
selecting duplicates from the Bryant Walker collection, a privi-
lege extended by the University through Messrs. Goodrich and
Gaige. This was a rare opportunity to obtain land and fresh-
water shells and one which was much appreciated.

The social features of the convention contributed largely to its
enjoyment and success. The first of these was the Bryant Walker
Memorial Luncheon given by the University on Wednesday noon.
This was served in the Michigan League and was attended by over
thirty-five appreciative guests. The picnic on Thursday was
equally delightful. The day was all that could be desired for
the thirty mile drive through beautiful country to the Edwin S.
George Reserve, where there was ample opportunity for collecting
in various types of habitat. While many availed themselves of
the chance to relax under the shade trees on the lawn others scat-
tered to the wooded areas and to Paterson Lake to return in time
for luncheon at two o'clock. This was a delicious repast pre-
pared by Mrs. Calvin Goodrich and Mrs. Henry van der Schalie.
After a further hour or more of pleasant social intercourse, fleet-
ing time forced the saying of farewells to friends old and new, and
the parting from the most hospitable of hosts, Mr. and Mrs. Good-
rich, and their tireless assistants.

NOTES

Helminthoglypta ayresiana on San Miguel Is., Cal. — I
mailed a box of H. ayresiana which I collected on San Miguel
Island. You will see several living snails and also some fossil or
subfossil specimens from a kind of travertine or "caliche" which
exists on the top of the island, and must be of considerable an-

72 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (2)

tiquity, though not, I believe, so old as that in which elephant
(mammoth) remains have been found. This formation presents
numerous projecting cylindrical objects which are really concre-
tions formed around roots. They are exactly like the concretions
at Cani^al, Madeira. I do not see that it is possible to distinguish
the fossil shells from the recent, though they may average a bit
larger and higher in the spire. The living snails are found under
and on bunches of Astragalus miguelensis Green, a very charac-
teristic endemic of the northern group of islands. This astragalus
acts as a "loco-weed" on the sheep, and they let it alone; a
circumstance which favors the snails.

Hemphill (Zoe 1 : 330) says of the San Miguel form of H.
ayresiana "frequently bandless." I must have examined a
thousand or more, and there was always a band, though on some
shells long dead it was not apparent on casual inspection.

I think that one reason I found no small snails on San Miguel
is the constantly drifting sand, which would smother them. —
Theo. D. A. Cockerell (in letter, Aug. 20, 1937).

A Concentrated Population of Lymnaea palustris nuttal-
liana Lea. — While on a shell collecting excursion with Mr. and
Mrs. E. P. Chace on Aug. 21st, 1937, Mr. Chace and I discovered
a concentrated assemblage of L. palustris nuttalliana Lea in a
pond about i mile west of Mount Vernon, Skagit County, Wash-
ington. This pond has an area of about ^ acre, shallow depth
with sticky blue clay bottom and without a trace of growing vege-
tation. Dead willow leaves blow into the water in the fall and
various decaying weeds from the surrounding meadows also fall
into the pond and are reduced to slime which furnishes the snails
with food.

The only species of mollusk found was this Lymnaea, which was
floating just under the surface of the water film. Nearly the
entire population had been blown to one corner of the pond where
they lived in a solid patch about ten feet square. Estimating
five live adult shells to the square inch there were at least 70,000
in this mass. With a dip net, nearly all of them could have been
scooped up in ten minutes. These snails were all doomed to
perish in a short time because of lack of sustaining food. —
Walter J. Eyerdam.

.JUNIUS IIKNDKKSON

The nautilus

Vol. 51 January, 1938 No. 3

REVIEW OF FLORIDA CHAMIDAE

BY H. A. PILSBRY AND TOM McGINTY

"The existing literature on the shells of Chamidae is so confused that a
thorough investigation from a critical point of view is necessary in order to
solve the problems and lead towards a satisfactory knowledge of the mat-
ter. ' ' — Odhner.

This inquiry began on the Atlantic beach at Boynton, Palm
Beach County, where large chamas are rather abundant on
ledges of coquina rock in about 3 to 10 feet of water. As usually
happens, the shells and the books essential for their determina-
tion were not available in the same place, so that the consultation
of literature became the senior author's task in Philadelphia,
while the junior author continued to supplement the material
with specimens and observations bearing on the matter.

The chief difficulties are (1) the perplexing literature, redun-
dant with badly described ''species." Nils Hj. Odhner's "Stud-
ies on the morphology, the taxonomy and the relations of recent
Chamidae" (in Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handlingar,
vol. 59, 1919), is a bright spot on a dark road. (2) The second
difficulty is the remarkable transformations these shells undergo
in response to varying ecologic conditions. On open shores ex-
posed to surf, only those young which attach to a heavy or im-
movable substratum survive. They acquire a broad base of
attachment, nearly as extensive as the shell, which is erect only
along the upper margin, the whole being somewhat triangular in
section. In such exposed places the sculpture proper to the spe*
cies is greatly reduced and blunted, usually covered with a coat
of algae, but sometimes clean, as in C. congregata on Pinnas at
Sanibal Island, though even here foliations are repressed. In
some places, such as Harrington Sound, Bermuda, where there is
not much wave action, the attachment may be wholly lost in
adults, but lime-depositing algae and other organisms coat the
shell with a very thick dense layer, impossible to remove, as in

(73)

74 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

Chama sinuosa bermudensis Heilprin. Where the conditions per-
mit attachment to small objects, dead shells, bits of coral and the
like, the attachment may remain small, the attached valve being
convex and often as profusely sculptured as the free valve, the
characteristic sculpture being fully developed. In some cases it
is not possible off-hand to tell whether the characteristics of a lot
are wholly due to their ecologic setting, or may mean racial diver-
gence; and it is sometimes convenient to have a name for such
forms until their status can be fully exposed. We have therefore
admitted such names as variegata Rve. and firma P. & M.

Although Lamarck had divided the Chamas into those with
the beaks turning from right to left (attached by left valve, " reg-
ular" chamas), and those with beaks turning from left to right
(attached by right valve, "inverse" chamas), this distinction was
disregarded by later authors, who, even up to the time of Dall,
thought that the same species could attach by either valve. This
question has been investigated thoroughly by Odhner, who by a
study of the anatomy of both regular and ' ' inverse ' ' chamas, the
protoconchs, and the hinge teeth of very young stages, has shown
conclusively that two strongly distinct stocks are involved. To
the "inverse chamas" he gave the generic name Pseudochama.

Chama sarda Reeve has been reported from the Florida Keys
by Dall, Johnson and Smith. We do not know exactly what
shells these authors had, but we have not seen any Chamas refer-
able to sarda from Florida, though there seems no reason why it
should not occur there. It occurs in the West Indies and on
Central American coasts. Probably C. sarda is not separable
from the West Indian C. florida Lam.

Chama lactuca Dall, 1886, reported by Dall from North Caro-
lina to Barbados in 63-100 fathoms, appears from its smooth
internal margins and other characters to stand near C. sinuosa
Brod. It is sculptured with radiating and concentric series of
very small, short spines, each grooved underneath. It has not
been figured and we have not seen specimens.

Key to shallow water Chamas of Florida
1. Shell nearly equivalve, the valves strongly convex with a large
lunule, and sculpture of erect tubular spines on radial

ribs Echinochama arcinella.

Valves strongly unequal, the attached one larger ; no lunule. 2.

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (3)

PLATE 7

Figs. 1-10, Florida Chamidae. 11, Urocoptis maxwelli Pils.

January, 1938] the nautilus 75

2. Apices of valves turning from right to left ; attached by left

valve ( Chama) 3.

Apices turning from left to right; attached by right valve
(Pseudochama) Pseudochama radians variegata.

3. Inner border of valves crenulated ; pallial line passing around

end of anterior adductor scar, joining at outer (anterior)

margin of the scar 4.

Inner border of valves smooth; pallial line joined to lower
extremity of anterior adductor scar, Chama sinuosa firma.

4. Larger ; sculpture of profuse foliations, Chama macerophylla.
Smaller ; sculpture of fine radial corrugations, with or without

short foliations on concentric ridges Chama congregata.

Chama macerophylla Gmel. PI. 7, figs. 2 (Key West), 8

(Boynton).

This is the commonest West Indian species, known by its
copious foliation, the crenulate internal border, and by having
the pallial line run to the outer (anterior) limit of the anterior
adductor scar. The color is various, reddish brown or dull pur-
plish hues, yellow or white. Some specimens from exposed places
have the foliation much reduced. Very handsome lemon-chrome
to mustard yellow shells were taken opposite the first groin south
of Boynton Inlet, east Florida, the interior white and yellow, or
white and liver brown or hessian brown. Length 40 to 55 mm.,
rarely to about 65 mm. In the West Indies it grows larger, length
65-70 mm., or even up to 90 mm. At Boynton it seems to prefer
deeper water than C. sinuosa firma, about 3 to 10 feet.

Chama congregata Conrad. PI. 7, figs. 6 (Boynton), 10
(Sanibel).
A rather small chama, not often over 36 mm. in greatest dimen-
sion, related to C. macerophylla by the crenulate inner margins
and the pallial line aligned with the anterior outline of the an-
terior adductor impression; but it differs in external sculpture.
Typically there are rather low concentric ridges on the free valve,
often with short laminae posteriorly, and crossed by a fine radial
corrugation. There is often, but not always, a shallow furrow
from beak to posterior-basal extremity. In its finest development,
when the point of attachment is small, the attached valve is
strongly convex with spiral umbo and sculpture like the free
valve, but with fewer, more prominent and rougher concentric
sculpture and similar fine radial corrugation, or the latter may

76 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

be obsolete. Interior white, or with more or less purplish-brown
stain.

When growing attached to a flat surface the lower valve has the
usual triangular section. The fine corrugations of the liver-brown
surface are often hardly interrupted by concentric ridges or foli-
ations. A specimen from Boynton is figured, fig. 6. They appear
to prefer to live under stones and in crevices.

A small form of C. congregata is common growing on Atrina
rigida (Dillw.), on the Gulf side of Sanibel Island; also occasion-
ally found on arks or other shells. The usual size is 16 to 22 mm.
long. They are reddish brown of various shades, radially corru-
gated, with but little trace of concentric sculpture. The broadly
attached left valve is rather shallow, the free valve flattened
posteriorly, or with a shallow sulcus from beak to posterior-basal
extremity (fig. 10).

Chama sinuosa Brod. PI. 7, fig. 9.

The shell is only moderately thick, whitish, uniform or marked
with tawny, suffused or concentrated on the foliations. Sculpture
of many concentric ruffles of hood-shaped scales. Fixed valve
more coarsely and irregularly flounced and foliated than the free
valve, the attachment small. A rather deep open furrow runs
from beak to posterior-basal extremity. It is distinguishable
from macerophylla at once by the entire absence of crenulation of
the inner margins of the valves. The pallial line runs into the
lower extremity of the anterior adductor scar at about the middle
(not running past the end as in macerophylla). West Indies.

Nothing like typical C. sinuosa is yet known to us from Flor-
ida, but the following form is apparently not specifically
separable.

Chama sinuosa firma n. subsp. PI. 7, fig. 1.

The shell is very much thicker than sinuosa, with far heavier
teeth. The external color is dirty whitish, but on shells "cleaned"
with acid there are some inconspicuous rusty brown flecks. Sculp-
ture is largely effaced, but consisting of irregular, coarse concen-
tric laminae more prominent posteriorly, with sometimes a little
radial corrugation in places. There is a small furrow from beaks
to posterior basal end, much less emphatic than that of C. sinu-
osa. Interior white with more or less green suffusion, and often
a touch of liver brown at the lower edge. All of the specimens

January, 1938] the nautilus 77

were attached to coquina rock by the whole lower surface of the
left valve. Greatest diam. 70, least 59 mm., to 84 x 66 mm.

Beach opposite 1st groin south of Boynton Inlet (of Lake
Worth), Palm Beach Co., Florida. Type 168432 ANSP., para-
types in McGinty collection. The specimens were taken in about
3 to 5 ft. depth. They are much alike, since all found were seated
on rock. At that depth any young settling on stones or shells
would be carried away by the waves. The full characters and
significance of this form will be revealed when they are fished
from below wave action where they can attach to small objects.
At all events, they differ from C. sinuosa so much in appearance
that a special name seems convenient, either as a race or only an
ecologic forma. The name firma alludes to the strength of the
shell.

C. s. firma and P. r. variegata prefer the main reef of very
large, flat rocks. This reef is covered with a heavy growth of
moss-like algae, in which only fairly large shells can be seen.
This accounts for the absence of young ones in the lots collected.

C. sinuosa bermudensis Heilprin, 1889, has a strongly spiral
left valve, both valves are more deeply cupped, and of a dirty
cream-buff tint inside. It seems to have laid on the bottom unat-
tached, and as all the specimens have a very heavy calcareous
algal incrustation, the sculpture is not visible.

PSEUDOCHAMA RADIANS (Lam.).

A rounded species, typically whitish with a broad ochraceous-
tawny or cinnamon ray, often divided, down the posterior slope,
but sometimes this is absent, or the color may be more diffused
over the valve. Typically there is little sculpture, but usually
some traces of two series of flattened foliations are seen on the
posterior slope, and sometimes they are rather well developed,
with also some irregular foliations anteriorly. Such specimens
lead to C. ferruginea Rve., which appears, as Odhner noted, to
be merely a strongly foliated form of Lamarck's species. The
internal margin is more or less crenulated. Both radians and
the form ferruginea are West Indian.

In the Florida form, which we are calling Pseudochama radi-
ans variegata (Rve.),1 pi. 7, figs. 3, 4, 5, the shell is covered with

i Originally described from Honduras.

78 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

small foliations of the close concentric laminae, and the two
posterior series of larger, flattened foliations are present, dis-
tinctly or merely as traces. There is also more or less fine radial
corrugation, much as in some specimens of C. congregata, the
ridges and raised points being white on a deep maroon-purple
ground. Figs. 3, 4, 5 are specimens from Boynton ; length of fig.
5, 30 mm. These rather small east Floridan P. r. variegata look
like mirror images of C. congregata.

There is a larger form, usually 50 to 60 mm. long, which lives
on the coquina ledges in 3 or more ft. of water, opposite the first
groin south of Boynton Inlet, together with C. sinuosa firma. The
shell is quite heavy and the sculpture and external color are
more or less completely effaced (fig. 4), though some sculpture
and color are visible on occasional shells (fig. 3), and a few have
good color and perfect sculpture, up to 52 mm. long. The interior
is usually white and green, with more or less maroon-purple at
the edge, or sometimes hazel to chestnut-brown at border and on
muscle scars. The submarginal crenulation is rarely wanting,
but usually it is weakly developed within the posterior margin.
The largest seen measures 64 mm.

These "inverse chamas" are astonishingly like mirror-images
of the specimens of C. sinuosa firma found with them, but there
are several differences besides their different direction of coil.
C. s. firma reaches a larger size; the anterior adductor scar in
the free valve is wider, its width more than half of its length.

In P. r. variegata this scar is narrower and longer, its width
half the length or less. C. s. firma never shows any crenula-
tion of the inner margin, such as is nearly always to be seen in
P. r. variegata; though in a few examples of the latter it is not
present. The dark triangle at the end of the hinge ligament is
more prominently developed in C. s. firma.

Like all chamas on the Boynton beach reef, these are very
broadly attached to the rock and the sculpture is more or less
obsolete. A few have been found retaining rather weak sculpture
and dilute ocher-red color up to mature size (57 mm. long).

ECHINOCHAMA ARCINELLA (L.).

While this shell generally shows only a very small scar of at-
tachment near the beak of the right valve, and usually becomes

January, 1938] the nautilus 79

free of attachment when adult, yet occasional examples have a
larger, strong attachment, and remain fixed up to adult size. This
is also the case with the "West American E. calif ornica Dall.

The typical form of E. arcinella is the West Indian race with
many (about 16 ±) spinose radial ribs, the spines profuse, slen-
der and tubular. In the same lots there occur specimens with the
spines mostly reduced to nodules on the ribs, which remain
numerous.

The Florida race of arcinella (PI. 7, fig. 7, Gasparilla I.) has
fewer radial ribs, usually 7 to 9, and generally stouter, shorter
spines. If a valid subspecies it will bear the name Echinochama
arcinella cornuta (Conrad). The Pliocene specimens are rather
intermediate between these races, as might be expected.

In some places, as in the south end of Lake Worth, only small
ones, about 20 mm. long, have been found. A large valve from
the near-by ocean beach measures 57 mm.

We regret that the photograph is poor, not showing the pitted
intercostal sculpture.

THREE NEW SUBSPECIES OF HELMINTHOGLYPTA
ARROSA (GOULD)

BY ALLYN G. SMITH

Recent investigation into the variation of the common northern
California land snail Helminthoglypta arrosa (Gould) leads to
the conclusion that there are at least three races so different from
any of those already named as to warrant description. They are
as follows :

Helminthoglypta arrosa williamsi, new subspecies. PI. 8,
figs. 1, 2, and 3.

Diagnosis: Shell of medium size for the species, thin ; spire
high in relation to the diameter, which gives the shell an unusually
elevated appearance, the apical angle being about 95° ; whorls
6-f , closely coiled, the last globose, descending sharply from the
suture to a point near the periphery, below which it is well-
rounded, terminating in a subcircular aperture; lip simple, not
thickened; peristome only slightly reflected except at its basal
termination, where it partially covers the umbilicus ; terminations
of peristome connected with a thin callus wash. Umbilicus small,

80 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

contained about 13 times in the major diameter of the shell.
Nuclear whorls nearly 2, smooth but not glassy. The sculpture
of the post-nuclear whorls consists of low, irregular growth-
ridges, which, on the upper portion of the last three whorls, are
cut into round or somewhat elongated granules following a gen-
eral spiral arrangement. These granules become obsolete below
the periphery of the body whorl and disappear in the vicinity of
the umbilicus and within it, giving the base of the shell a more
polished appearance than the upper portion. Color, cinnamon-
brown to buckthorn-brown, with occasional short irregular streaks
or flecks of lighter color, encircled with a narrow but well-defined
band of liver-brown. The above is a description of the holotype,
a fully mature specimen that measures: max. diam. 25.6; min.
diam. 21.0 ; alt. 20.6 mm.

Holotype: Cat. No. 7204, Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll. Type
locality: Hog Island, a small islet in Tomales Bay, Marin Co.,
California. The type lot consists of about 100 shells collected in
1936 and 1937 by Woodbridge Williams, for whom the subspecies
is named. Paratypes: Specimens so designated have been placed
in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the Los Angeles Mu-
seum, the San Diego Society of Natural History, and in the pri-
vate collections of Dr. S. S. Berry, E. P. Chace, W. Williams,
and A. G. Smith.

Remarks: This unusually high-coned subspecies of arrosa is
distinguished by the entire absence of malleations that are present
on all other forms of this species that have been described. Indi-
viduals range in altitude from 18.1 to 23.1 mm., and in maximum
diameter from 22.8 to 28.3 mm. An extremely tall shell measures
23.1x25.0 mm. (h/d), while a low-coned shell measures 18.1 x
22.8 mm. The number of whorls varies between 6^ and 7£, the
average being 6f . The umbilicus is partly covered normally al-
though in one individual it is entirely open, and in another it is
almost completely closed. The nuclear whorls of the holotype are
somewhat worn but on another specimen there is a faint sugges-
tion of the wrinkled structure normal in arrosa and its described
subspecies.

Williamsi is related most nearly to H. a. stiversiana (J. G.
Cooper), from which it is distinguished by smaller size, much
darker color, and lack of malleations. It has the high cone of

January, 1938] the nautilus 81

H. a. miwoka (Bartsch), but is a larger, dark-colored, and
smoother shell. The shells are found under brush and weeds on
the lower slopes of the island. Although the colony is a strong
one at present it could be severely decimated, if not completely
wiped out by indiscriminate collecting. It is therefore sincerely
to be hoped that this will not occur, for this form probably exists
nowhere else, and it represents an interesting variation in an
extremely variable species of California land snails.

Helminthoglypta arrosa pomoensis, new subspecies. PI. 8,

figs. 4, 5, and 6.

Diagnosis: Shell large and heavy; spire low, with an apical
angle of 130°. Whorls 6f, the last large, full, and evenly-rounded.
Aperture subovate; lip simple, not thickened, the upper part
descending slightly from the horizontal axis of the shell, hardly
reflected above but more so at the periphery and along the basal
portion, the amount not being especially prominent. Umbilicus
0.4 mm. in diameter, permeable to the apex, cylindrical, only
slightly covered by the basal reflection of the peristome. Nuclear
whorls If, somewhat eroded and not exhibiting any marked struc-
ture. The first two and one-half post-nuclear whorls are rela-
tively smooth, marked only by subobsolete irregular growth-ridges.
On later whorls the growth-ridges become stronger until on the
last whorl they dominate the sculptural characters of the upper
part of the whorl above the periphery. Except on the early whorls
the growth-ridges are cut irregularly into round or elongate gran-
ules, which appear strongest only upon the upper portion of the
body whorl. Fine malleations are superimposed on this trans-
verse sculpture at about the beginning of the last whorl and these
rapidly become larger until they are the most prominent struc-
tural feature of the shell, extending over the periphery and on to
the base, where they gradually grow weaker and disappear in the
immediate vicinity of the umbilicus. The result of this combina-
tion of sculptural characters serves to give the shell a heavily mal-
leate appearance, which, on closer inspection, is also finely granu-
lar. The base is highly polished and shining. Color a dark
cinnamon-brown, covered with an irregular network of maize-
yellow markings that generally follow the raised edges of the mal-
leations. This light-colored network is interrupted in places by
occasional stripes of basic ground-color and is lacking also imme-
diately behind the lip and on the early whorls. Shell encircled
with a clean-cut, liver-brown band, 1 mm. wide. Color within the
aperture reddish-violet, showing the band and other evidences of
external coloration. The above is a description of the holotype,

82 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

an unusually fine, fully mature individual measuring : max. diam.
39.3 ; min. diam. 32.1 ; alt. 25.0 mm.

Holotype: Cat. No. 7208, Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll. Type
locality: Big River, near the mouth of Daugherty Creek, Mendo-
cino Co., California, under redwoods, 2 adults and one broken
shell collected May 31, 1930 (A. G. Smith). Paratype: A single
specimen, so designated, is No. 3929, A. G. Smith Coll.

Remarks: This remarkable subspecies of arrosa can be recog-
nized immediately by its huge size, heavy malleations, and unique
coloration (for the species) of a yellowish network on a dark back-
ground. Other examples of this same race have been collected on
the Navarro River at the mouth of the North Fork, and in Russian
Gulch, both in Mendocino Co. Apparently it is found only near
the coast in heavily timbered redwood canyons and is not common,
being found so far in pairs or singly. With it has also been col-
lected a smaller but totally different race close to arrosa s.s., with
which it evidently does not intergrade.

Pomoensis is not closely related to any other described arrosa
subspecies. However, H. arrosa is so variable, taken as a whole,
it is possible that more careful collecting will turn up intergrades
between pomoensis and a medium-sized, low-coned race of arrosa
referable to the subspecies described as rubicunda (Rowell).1

An indication of the large size of the adult specimens collected
may be obtained from the following table of measurements :

Big River, Diam. 39.3 mm., alt, 25.0 mm., whorls 6|. Type.

Mendocino Co. " 40.5 " " 25.7 " " 6f. Para-

type.
Navarro River, " 40.7 " " 25.5 " " 6f.

Mendocino Co. " 36.5 " " 22.6 " " 6£.

Russian Gulch,

Mendocino Co. " 37.3 " " 25.1 " " 6f.

Named for the Porno, a tribe of Indians formerly living in the
vicinity where this snail is now found, who may have used it for
food.

1 Rowell described this as a subspecies of H. exarata, which is obviously
an error as the latter is known only from the Santa Cruz Mts. north to
Pescadero, in San Mateo Co. and Los Gatos in Santa Clara Co., California.

January, 1938] the nautilus 83

Helminthoglypta arrosa mattolensis, new subspecies. PL 8,
figs. 7, 8 and 9.
Diagnosis: Shell large, globose, of fairly heavy texture; spire
moderately elevated, the apical angle being 113° ; whorls 5|, the
last rapidly expanding, effuse and evenly rounded, terminating in
a capacious aperture; lip not quite mature and therefore thin,
slightly expanded above but more so below, where its basal termi-
nation half obscures the umbilicus, connected between termina-
tions by an exceedingly thin wash of callus. Umbilicus rather
small for the size of the shell, being contained about 16 times in
its major diameter. Nuclear whorls 2, smooth but not shining
under a magnification of x 40. Sculpture of the post-nuclear
whorls composed of low, irregularly spaced growth-ridges that
gradually increase in size until on the last three whorls they be-
come the most prominent sculptural feature. On the body whorl
there are several broad malleated areas or bands, extending from
suture to base, being wider at the periphery. The last of these
areas lies just behind the lip and covers about one-eighth of the
body whorl. On this the malleations are large and coarse, but on
two similar but smaller areas preceding it the malleations are
smaller and finer. The malleated areas are also sculptured with
transverse ridges, much lower than the growth-ridges and spaced
so closely that from two to six or seven lie between each major
pair. These finer ridges are cut by spiral striations that vary con-
siderably in strength but are sufficiently incised to produce a
marked granular appearance above the periphery, the granules,
where prominent, being much elongated. The spiral striations
can be seen only under a magnification of about x 14 and are
stronger above than below where they are more closely spaced on
portions of the base where they are visible. Color yellow-brown
with occasional cinnamon-brown streaks, the most heavily mal-
leated area being of the darker color and marked with lighter col-
ored flammulations. Shell encircled with a clean-cut liver-brown
band about 2 mm. wide. The above is a description of the holo-
type, a fine but recently matured individual measuring: max.
diam. 36.7 ; min. diam. 28.6 ; alt. 27.2 mm.

Holotype: Cat. No. 7209, Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll. Type
locality: On the coast between Cape Mendocino and the mouth
of the Mattole River, Humboldt Co., California, living shells being
found among the fallen leaves of madrone trees (Arbutus men-
ziesii). The type lot consists of 18 adult specimens, mostly dead
and bleached, and 16 nearly half -grown young shells, living when
collected. G. Dallas Hanna, coll., June 13, 1928. Paratypes:

84 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

Specimens so designated have been placed in the collections of the
California Academy of Sciences, the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, the Los Angeles Museum, the San Diego Society
of Natural History, and the private collections of E. P. Chace,
Dr. S. S. Berry, and A. G. Smith.

Remarks: It was altogether astonishing to discover another
large race belonging to the arrosa group at a locality so far north
in California, where one would expect to find H. a. expansilabris
(Pilsbry) or a low-coned form referable to H. a. rubicunda
(Rowell). In fact, a single dead shell of this latter subspecies
was collected along with the larger shells of mattolensis, which is
at least partial proof that the two occupy the same habitat. No
evidence of intergradation is to be seen in the material at hand.

Mattolensis is variable in size, as shown by the following table :

Largest shell Diam. 38.6 mm.; alt. 31.2 mm.; whorls 6|

Smallest shell " 29.5 " " 22.2 " " 5£

Average of 18 adults " 32.9 " " 25.9 " " 5f

The number of whorls ranges from a maximum of 6£ to a mini-
mum of 5|. The umbilicus of most of the shells in the type lot
is almost unobscured by the basal reflection of the peristome, while
in several it is half covered ; one individual is imperforate.

Young living specimens vary in color from light horn to cin-
namon-brown, and one has the dark band bordered by broader
bands of lighter color. The nuclear characters are well shown in
these young shells, the nucleus being semi-polished and generally
rather smooth except for a crimping of the shell at the tip and
along the suture. The presence of occasional papulations leads
to the supposition that embryonic shells may be sparsely hirsute.

This new subspecies of arrosa may be recognized at once by its
large size, tall spire, and more especially by its exceedingly globose
body-whorl and large subcircular aperture. H. arrosa s.s. from
San Mateo Co. and from the region of Mt. Tamalpais in Marin
Co. are equal in size but have an average of one more whorl and
do not have as globose a body-whorl. In spite of being at least
double the size, it appears to be more closely related to expansi-
labris than to any other described subspecies inasmuch as it has
approximately the same ratio of height to major diameter, the

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (3)

PLATE 8

1-3, Helminthoglypta arrosa williamsi A.G.S. 4-6, H. a. pomoensis A.G.S. 7-9, H. a.
mattolensis A.G.S. 10-12, Helminthoglypta tudiculata rex Church & Smith.

January, 1938] the nautilus 85

same average number of whorls, and a habitat that lies within the
range of this subspecies. However, in addition to size, it differs
from expansilabris in being at least partially umbilicate and in
several sculptural characters as well.

Named for the Mattole River, in the general vicinity of which
this snail was discovered. An additional lot was collected this
summer by Mr. and Mrs. E. P. Chace at a point ten miles south
of Cape Mendocino, in Humboldt Co.

Thanks are due to Dr. Leo G. Hertlein and to Dr. G. Dallas
Hanna of the California Academy of Sciences for their coopera-
tion in making accessible the excellently arranged and widely
representative Academy collection for study purposes, and for
furnishing photographs for reproduction ; and also to Dr. H. A.
Pilsbry of the Philadelphia Academy for advice and helpful
comments.

Berkeley, California, December 1, 1937.

NOMENCLATURE OF ONCHIDIIDAE

BY H. BURRINGTON BAKER

The following generic, subgeneric and sectional names have been
proposed in this family :

Onchidium Buchannan, 1800, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 5 : 132 ;
type (only species) 0. typhae Buchannan, loc. cit., from Ganges
River, India.

Onchidion Froriep, 1806, Dumeril's Anal. Zool. : 164; emenda-
tion of Onchidium and taking same type.

Onchydium Blainville, 1817, Jour, de Phys. 85 : 438, misspell-
ing.

Peronium Blainville, 1818, Diet. Sci. Nat. 12: 285, nude; not
used in 1817 (loc. cit.) although differences between Onchidium
peronii and 0. typhae are discussed.

Orchidium Gray, 1821, London Med. Rep. 15: 230; misspelling
or emendation of Onchidium; same type.

Onchis Ferussac, 1822 (probably March), Hist. Nat., livr. 15,
Tabl. gen. : p. xxxi ; substitute for and taking same type as
Onchidium "Cuvier" Ferussac, 1821, Tabl. Syst. Fam. Limaces:
8, defined and with type by original designation, Onchidium
peronii Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. (Paris) 5: 37, from
Mauritius.

86 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

Peronia Fleming, May, 1822, Encycl. Brit, suppl. to 4-6 ed.,
vol. 5: 574; type (only species) Peronia peronii (Cuvier) ; also
Blainville, 1825, Diet. Sci. Nat. 38 : 519.

Buchanania Lesson, 1831, Voy. Coquille, Zool. II (1) : 296 ; type
(only species) B. onchidioides Lesson, loc. tit., from shores of
Chile.

Onchidae Swainson, 1840, Treat. Malac. : 56 ; misspelled plural
of Onchidium.

Oncidium Agassiz, 1846, Nom. Zool., Index Univ. : 259 ; emenda-
tion of Onchidium; type 0. typhae.

Oncus Agassiz, 1846, loc. tit.; emendation of Onchis; type 0.
peronii.

Oncis Herrmannsen, 1847, op. tit.: 149, 150; emendation of
Onchis; type (designated p. 149) Onchidium peronii Cuvier.

Onchidia " Swainson" Gray, 1847, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 15:
179 ; misspelled singular of Swainson 's Onchidae ; type Onchidium
typhae.

Buchannia Gray, 1847, loc. tit.; misspelling of Buchanania;
type B. onchidioides.

Buchanaania Gistel, 1848, Natur. Thierr. : p. viii ; another mis-
spelling.

Ephrada Gistel, 1848, loc. tit.; substitute for Buchanaania;
type B. onchidioides.

Eudrastus Gistel, 1848, op. tit.: p. x; substitute for Peronia
Quoy, 1834, Isis: 287 (a review of Quoy & Gaimard, 1832, Voy.
Astrolabe, Zool., vol. 2) ; type now designated Onchidium ton-
ganum Q. & G., 1832 : 210, from Tonga.

Onchidella M. E. Gray in J. E. Gray, 1850, Fig. Moll. Animals
4 : 117 ; type not designated by Herrmannsen, 1852, op. tit.,
suppl. : 96 ; type by subsequent designation of Fischer & Crosse,
1878, Miss. Mex., Rech. Zool. 7 (1) : 687, Onchidium nigricans
Quoy & Gaimard, 1832, op. tit.: 214, from Tasman Bay, New
Zealand.

Peronella Morch, 1863, Jour, de Conch. 11: 43; type (only
species) Onchis armadilla Morch, 1863, loc. tit., from St. Thomas,
"West Indies; not Peronella Gray, 1855, Cat. Rec. Echin. Brit.
Mus. : 13.

Oneida "Swainson" Paetel, 1875, Fam. Gat. Moll.: 143;
emended singular of Swainson 's Onchidae; type O. typhae.

Ontidiella Fischer & Crosse, 1878, loc. tit.; emendation of
Onchidella; type 0. nigricans.

Onchidina Semper, 1882, Reis. Arch. Phil. 3 (6) : 287; type
(only species) Onchidella australis "Gray" Semper, 1880, Reis.
(5), pi. 19, f. 11, 14, 15; 1882, loc. tit., from Brisbane, Australia.

Oncidina Plate, 1893, Zool. Jahrb., Anat. 7 : 166, 208 ; emenda-
tion of Onchidina ; type 0. australis.

January, 1938] the nautilus 87

Peronina Plate, 1893, op. cit.: 166, 210; type (only species) P.
alta Plate, 1893 : 210, from India.

Oncis Plate, 1893, op. cit.: 164, 190; type by subsequent desig-
nation of Woodward, 1894, Zool. Rec. 30 : Moll. 57, 0. coriacea
Semper = Onchidium coriaceum Spr., 1880, Reis. (5) : pi. 19, f. 1,
16 ; 1882 : 271, from Philippine Islands ; not Oncis Herrmannsen
(1847).

Arctonchis Dall, 1905, Harriman Alaska Exped. 13 : 112 ; type
by original designation Onchidella borealis Dall, 1871, Amer.
Jour. Conch. 7 : 135, from Sitka, Alaska.

Watsoniella Hoffmann, 1928, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. 55 : 56, 102 ;
type (only species) W. lesliei + Orchidium lesliei Stearns, 1892,
Nautilus 6: 87, from Albemarle Island, Galapagos; not Wat-
soniella Berg, 1898, Communic. Mus. Buenos Aires 1 : 42.

Occidentella Hoffmann, 1929, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. 57 : 269 ; type
(now designated) Oncidiella obscura Plate, 1893, op. cit.: 207,
from Urville Island, New Zealand (a subjective synonym of O.
nigricans) .

Hoffmannola Strand, 1932, Folia Zool. Hydrobiol. (Riga) 4
(2) : 194; substitute for Watsoniella; type W. lesliei.

Paraperonia Labbe, 1934, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Paris 14 : 187,
196 ; without type designation, but including P. fidjiensis Labbe,
1934 : 197, from Fiji Islands.

Lessonia Labbe, 1934, op. cit. : 187, 213 ; only species Onchidium
ferrugineum Lesson, 1831, op. cit.: 300, from New Guinea; not
Lessonia Swainson (1832) nor Eydoux & Souleyet (1852).

Scaphis Labbe, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 207; without type designa-
tion, but including Onchidium punctatum Quoy & Gaimard, 1832,
op. cit. : 215, from New Guinea.

Quoya Labbe, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 228; only species Q. indica
Labbe, 1934: 216, from Indian Ocean; not Quoya Agassiz (1862)
nor Deshayes (1843).

Paraoncidium Labbe, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 228; type not desig-
nated but including Onchidium chameleon Brazier, 1886, Proe.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10 : 729, from Port Jackson, Australia.

Semperella Labbe, 1934, op. cit. : 187, 236 ; type not designated
but including Onchidium glabrum Semper, 1880, Reis. (5) : pi.
19, f . 3, 12 ; 1882 : 263, from Camiguin de Luzon, Philippine
Islands ; not Semperella Gray, 1868, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. 2 :
376.

Accepting Hoffmann's classification, which seems to be founded
on the most careful consideration of the morphological data, the
following nomenclature results :

Onchidina is the original spelling of his 6th genus (the most

//^k?/* "^•"^kr

fcuj LIIRA;

88 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

primitive according to Plate), with Oncidina as an absolute
synonym.

His 5th genus is Peronina and his 4th is Hoffmannola (+ Wat-
soniella, preoccupied).

Onchidella is the original spelling of his 3rd genus, with Oncidi-
ella as an absolute synonym. Because his "Ostgruppe" is the
typical group, Occidentella is a subjective synonym. Since
Peronella is preoccupied, Arctonchis is the proper name for his
' ' Westgruppe. ' '

PLATEVINDEX, new name for Oncis Plate, 1893, op. tit:
164, not Oncis Herrmannsen, becomes the name of Hoffmann's
2nd genus, unless some available name has been missed ; Semper-
ella is a subjective, invalid and preoccupied synonym. The name
of the type species is Platevindex coriaceus (Semper, 1880), which
is prior to Vaginulus stuxbergi Westerlund (1883).

Onchidium is the original spelling of his first genus, with
Onchidion, Onchydium, Orchidium, Oncidium, Onchidia and
Oneida as absolute synonyms and Paraoncidium as an invalid,
subjective one. If the "dendrobranchiate" species, for which
Labbe described a ' ' suborder, " 2 " families ' ' and 4 ' ' new genera, ' '
require a sectional name, Onchis is the first vested one (although
the nude Peronium is prior), with Peronia, Oncus and Oncis as
absolute synonyms, and Eudrastus, Paraperonia, Scaphis, Les-
sonia and Quoya as subjective ones, although, according to article
25, c, 3, of the International Rules, all Labbe 's generic names are
invalid except (?) those proposed for single species (preoccupied,
anyway).

Buchanania, with Buchannia, Buchanaania and Ephrada as
absolute synonyms, remains a misspelled nomen dubium.

FURTHER NOTES UPON TERTIARY AND RECENT
MOLLUSKS FROM FLORIDA, WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF NEW SPECIES

BY MAXWELL SMITH
{Concluded from p. 68)

Murex macgintyi n. sp. Whorls five, plus smooth shining
nucleus of about two whorls, suture impressed; about seven

January, 1938] the nautilus 89

spiral raised ridges with slightly branching terminations which
are recurved, hollow inside near the tips; aperture moderately
large, oval in shape; canal slightly oblique, partially closed,
recurved at terminus.

This species is allied to M. glyptus Smith. One very charac-
teristic feature is the pinched appearance of the posterior por-
tion of the body whorl. Beyond this pinched portion is a pair of
axial ridges which are somewhat separated from the others.
Length 22.5 mm. Holotype in the Paul McGinty collection,
Boynton, Florida. Named for its discoverer Thomas L. McGinty.
PL 6, fig. 11. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Murex glyptus3 n. sp. Nucleus of holotype imperfect, whorls
about seven; suture well impressed; spiral sculpture consisting
upon the body whorl of about twelve rounded ribs, arranged arc
shaped from axial rib to rib, often marked with a division line
in the center, the major termination of the axial sculpture turned
backward from the direction of growth, openings beneath away
from the recurved points. The eight axial eminences are sharp
and largely formed by foliated processes. Aperture small, oval
in shape; canal slightly oblique, almost closed. Length of holo-
type 26 mm., in the author's collection.

From the young M. rufus, an abundant shell in the same beds,
the new species differs in the more generous spire, the distinct
shoulder, the recurved processes, smaller aperture and mature
aspect. The extraordinary sculpture suggests certain Corallio-
philas. PL 6, fig. 10. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Murex hexagonus oxytata n. subsp. Sculpture fine, spiny
processes sharp ; shell inclined to be rather slender when com-
pared with West Indian recent examples which are more rudely
sculptured. The new subspecies appear to agree with living
specimens from the Florida east coast and which may also bear
the same name. Holotype deposited in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology 22 mm. long; paratypes in the author's collection 26
mm. long. PL 6, fig. 6. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Ilyanassa (Paranassa) floridana Smith (Naut. XLIX, p.
138). Additional specimens of this shell, better preserved, ex-
hibit low, rounded spiral ribs which are visible below the suture
chiefly near the short canal. There is also rough oblique sculp-
ture upon the later whorls of the spire. Pliocene, Clewiston,
Florida.

Engina turbinella Kien. The Pliocene examples are excep-
tionally well developed, and as adult specimens are difficult to
obtain upon the Florida Keys the illustration may prove useful.

3 glyptus, carved.

90 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

Usually the recent specimens, which lack character on account of
immature aspect are inhabited by hermit-crabs. This species ap-
parently lives a little below low tide mark. Length of specimen
figured 21 mm. PL 6, fig. 13. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Phos roycei n. sp. Whorls six, in addition a smooth bulbous
nucleus of 1|- whorls ; suture well impressed ; about 11 axial ribs
upon body whorl and a heavily expanded rib adjacent to the
outer lip ; about 14 strong spiral ribs upon body whorl and which
also cover the axial ribs, occasional finer ribs between the former ;
posterior canal short but distinct; anterior canal moderately
wide, deflected anteriorly; interior of outer lip grooved a short
distance, parietal wall provided with irregularly placed short
grooves or pustules. Length 13 mm.

This new Phos is related to Phos parvus intricatus Dall. In
that species the sculpture differs considerably ; the spiral ribs are
much less uniform in size. On intricatus the spiral sculpture is
dominant, on P. roycei the axial the most evident. The aperture
of P. parvus is roughly half the length of the shell, relatively
much longer and larger than in the new species. Viewing the
two upon a plane surface P. roycei shows much greater deflec-
tion at the anterior end plus a longer canal.

In making comparisons a long series of living Phos parvus
intricatus obtained by Winifred Royce at Key Largo, Florida,
provided material for study. The new tertiary shell is associated
with his name. The holotype is to be placed in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology. PL 6, fig. 7. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida.

Mitra compsa4 n. sp. Shell of moderate size, slender, seven
whorls, base of body whorl constricted, three folds on columella
and an indistinct twist below, parietal callus thin; suture well
impressed. The sculpture consists of three strong oblique spiral
cords on whorls of spire, the anterior one with the tendency to
merge with the suture half way around, about eleven primary
cords upon the body whorl, a finer but distinct cord below suture
and often similar sized cords between primary ones of body
whorl and in addition smaller ones; fine axial threads between
the spiral cords, often a little oblique ; inner margin of outer lip
crenulated opposite primary cords. Aperture narrow, nearly
half length of shell. Length 23 mm. Holotype to be placed in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

This species is related to M. henekeni Sowerby from the Gurabo
formation in the Dominican Republic and M. stephensoni Mans-
field from the Choctawhatchee formation of Florida. It may
readily be separated from these by the presence of four instead
of three primary cords upon the whorls of the spire and in the

4 compsa, neat.

January, 1938] the nautilus 91

arrangement of plaits upon the columella. M. stephensoni has
four plaits upon the columella against three in the new species
and the suture is less impressed. In M. henekeni the primary-
cords are not so oblique, the aperture narrower and less extended.
Undoubtedly this species has escaped notice on account of its
superficial resemblance to the young M. lineolata Heilprin, a
common shell in the Caloosahatchee marl. PL 6, fig. 5. Pliocene,
Clewiston, Florida.

Goniobasis effosa5 n. sp. Shell elongated, whorls regularly
placed and five in number exclusive of the eroded nucleus ; suture
moderately impressed, deeply cut in part and forming a groove ;
body whorl with about eleven spiral lirations which are closely
placed below the periphery, on the inferior whorls one more
prominent than the others and forming a slight keel shortly above
the suture, the keel separated from the suture by a raised line of
the usual size ; the lirations crossed throughout with wavy raised
growth lines which on the body whorl do not extend below the
periphery; aperture large and with thin lip which is sinuous.
Length of holotype, 24 mm., aperture 10 mm. Paratypes are
smaller and in the author's collection.

Dall in his work upon the southern Tertiary mentions that Mr.
Willcox secured a Goniobasis in the Florida Tertiary, subse-
quently lost before a description could be prepared. He states
its resemblance to G. hallenbecki Lea. The present new species
does not recall that one but rather the recent G. troostiana Lea,
but the sharp carina is dominant in that species.

At Belle Glade, the type locality for Fusinus watermani, there
appears to be a mixture of Pliocene deep water shells and pos-
sibly some Miocene. The new Goniobasis possibly belongs to the
latter formation. Associated with it was a specimen of Architec-
tonica granulata Lam., which never before has been reported
from the marls in this portion of the state. PI. 6, fig. 4a, 4&.
Tertiary, Belle Glade, Florida.

NOTES ON "AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY" BY THOMAS

SAY, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE

SEVENTH PART, EDITED BY

T. A. CONRAD

BY H. E. WHEELER
(Continued from p. 50)

Part V treats of sixteen species, listed on the cover as before
in alphabetical order by genera. The cover is dated August,

5 effosa, suggested by excavated suture.

92 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

1832. There are again forty pages of text, and ten plates, num-
bered 41-50, all of which were engraved by Mr. L. Lyon. The
species treated are, in the order presented in the text, as follows :
Unio lapillus, Vnio camptodon, Unio lugubris, Crepidula plana,
Modiola papuana, Helicina orbiculata, Helicina occulta, Melania
virginica, Melania multilineata, Melania semicarinata, Melania
lacqueata, Ranella caudata, Cerithium muscarum, Cerithium sep-
temstriatum, Cerithium ferrugineum, Mytilus hamatus. Four
of these are for the first time described, and so italicized in our
list.

The last page of the cover carries several important notes.
The first reads : Notice. With this number we send gratis to
those who have paid for the preceding Nos., a copy of a work
which we have recently printed, entitled ' ' Glossary to the Ameri-
can Conch ology, " explanatory of the terms made use of in the
science of Conchology. A copy will also be presented to each
subscriber who shall transmit by mail, free of postage, his respec-
tive sum now due, within one month after having received this
number. We hope at a future day to be able to present our sub-
scribers with an "Introduction to the science of Conchology,"
with plates, on the same terms.

The Glossary, then, was not a coordinate part of the American
Conchology, but used as an inducement to subscribers to bring
up their arrears. As it was partially distributed with this num-
ber, it is proper to associate the two and to bind them together.

Say authorizes the placement of his Sigaretus perspectivus in
the genus Cryptostoma, and promises a characterization of the
genus in his next number. This promise is fulfilled at the end of
Part VI. Say also refers his Sigaretus maculatus to Cryptostoma,
but retains the genus Sigaretus until he can publish a species that
satisfies its diagnosis.

In a footnote on this cover Say credits his brother with the find-
ing of a Venericardia, which came from New Jersey, and which
he described under the name of cribraria. The description is here
repeated, but since the specimen was imperfect he does not con-
sider it entitled to recognition. The name Venericardia cribraria,
then, has perhaps no other status in conchological literature than
this brief diagnosis on a cover which bookbinders have so thought-
lessly scrapped.

January, 1938] the nautilus 93

Part VI consists of forty-eight pages of text, and ten plates,
numbered 51-60. The eighteen species reviewed are found in the
text in the following order: Unio nexus, Unio apiculatus, Unio
quadrulus, Planorbis lentus, Planorbis trivolvis, Planorbis bicari-
natus, Limneus emarginatus, Limneus catascopium, Limneus
decidiosus, Pecten islandicus, Pecten dislocatus, Nassa unicincta,
Nassa vibex, Nassa acuta, Ostrea equestris, Cytherea albaria, Petri-
cola pholadiformis, and Petricola dactylis. Those in italic are
new ; and one, the Cytherea, is a fossil.

Following the plates there is a characterization of the genus
Cryptostoma and a two-page Synonymy of the Western North
American species of Unio and Alasmodonta. Forty-eight species
of the former, and three of the latter genus are validated, ninety-
five names being thrown into the synonymy. This little piece of
work is the precursor of a flock of synonymies over which Isaac
Lea and Timothy Conrad wrangled for many years.

The cover of Part VI is in every way similar to that of the
preceding number, both of which bear the statement that the
printing was done "at the M. Press," other covers showing that
they were issued from the School Press. The "M." probably
stands for Maclure, the patron of the author, and one of the
founders of the New Harmony Community. The date on the
cover is April, 1834.

On the fourth page of the cover Say attributes the delay in
publication, an interval of twenty months, to the protracted
illness and death of Mr. Lyon, the engraver. In the notes follow-
ing H (elix) irrorata is made a variety of H. lactea Mull., Melania
acuta is added to the synonymy of M. semicarinata. Say feels
that Valvata arenifera, previously described in the Transactions
of the American Philosophical Society, is in reality the follicle
of a Phryganea. Caracolla helicoides is made a synonym of Helix
palliata Say, and Helix carolinensis is made a variety of Helix
appressa. Melania tuberculata is considered a variety of M.
stygia Say, and Melania elongata is suggested as a probable
variety only of M. elevata. Two corrections of dates are made.
Attention is called to the fact that Plate 53 had been printed and
colored with Barnes' name Unio rugosus instead of Rafinesque's
name, quadrulus, which should stand. In the Binney copy of
Say this plate has been corrected ; but in the Marsh copy, which

94 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

is also before me, the plate carries the uncorrected name as origi-
nally engraved.

Part VII. This posthumous work of Say comprises sixteen
pages of text and eight colored plates. Four of these plates were
engraved by L. "Walker, but whoever engraved the others failed
to sign the coppers. The species treated are as follows: Donax
variabilis, Donax fossor, Cyrena carolinensis, Venus alveata,
Tellina brevifrons, Tellina mera, Tellina alternata, Tellina polita,
Tellina tenta, Tellina tenuis, Area zebra, Unio truncatus, and
Unio lineolatus. Those italicized are new to science. The table
of contents on the cover lists these species in the order in which
they appear, not alphabetically as heretofore.

Following the text there is an Appendix, printed on one side
of the last two pages, which publishes Say's manuscript descrip-
tion of Chiton apiculatus, but without a drawing. On the same
page the editor, Conrad, quotes Say's observation that his Venus
alveata is to be considered a variety of Dillwyn's cingenda (can-
cellata Lam.).

The cover of this rare part is similar to those of the foregoing
numbers, save that it is printed on blue paper, the price of the
number is omitted, and there is nothing to show when or where
the number was published. The character of type would indicate
that it was done in New Harmony, but that is by no means certain.
Conrad's name does not appear either in the text or on the cover,
and the parts for which he was responsible are indicated by the
subscription ' ' Editor, ' ' or simply ' ' Ed. ' ' There are five of these
editorial notes, but in addition the characterization of Tellina
tenuis, and the observation as to the occurrence of Unio lineolatus
in the Warrior River and elsewhere is undoubtedly Conrad 's work.

It should also be noted that one of the species in this number
is a fossil, Venus alveata, which was previously described by Con-
rad himself. The cover contains no announcement of the con-
tinuation or suspension of the work.

William G. Binney6 states that Conrad brought out this Sev-
enth Part after Say's death "which occurred in September,
1833." On December 12, 1834, George Ord, read a Memoir on

e Binney, W. G., The Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Conchology
of the United States, New York, 1858, p. 226 foot note.

January, 1938] the nautilus 95

the life of Say before the American Philosophical Society, in
Philadelphia, in which he gave the true date of his death, namely,
October 10, 1834.7

Republications

In 1856 W. G. Binney brought out his first republication of
Say's writings on Conchology. It consisted of 40 pages and was
limited to the land shells described by Say. This was made the
first part of a later work, entitled, The Complete Writings of
Thomas Say on the Conchology of the United States, the original
title page of which was used in place, but another title page pre-
pared for the whole work. This included, also with an appro-
priate title page, a second part, pages 41-252, entitled, Descrip-
tions of Fluviatile and Marine Shells of North America by Thomas
Say. The title page of the first part was Descriptions of Terres-
trial Shells of North America by Thomas Say, but bears the date
1858.

This republication does not reprint the Glossary to American
Conchology. It does not reprint in the second part such descrip-
tions of land shells as properly belong there, since they had
appeared in the first part. The article in the second and third
editions of Nicholson 's American Encyclopedia are reprinted, with
facsimiles of the plates, and Binney believed that the same article
was printed in the first edition, but he had not succeeded in finding
it. The several editions were dated 1816, 1818, and 1819 respec-
tively.

All of the plates in the American Conchology were reproduced
from the original coppers. Plate 75, the concluding one, is a
colored illustration of Ampullarm rotundata, identified by Halde-
man, which Say had described in the New Harmony Disseminator
on August 12, 1829, but no figure had been published. Tiebout's
original number for this plate " 2 " was left on it, the new number
assigned (75) being placed at the top.

As far as the matter contained in the American Conchology is
concerned, it is all reproduced in Binney 's republication ; but, as
has been previously stated, not consecutively. Some copies of

' Binney, W. G., The Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology
of North America, New York, 1858, Vol. I, p. xii.

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 51 (3)

ApJO 9U0 ^IBJ

a^Bxedas io ui

pUTlOg XxeSSOff) sbjj

* * * * op- ©p* *

SI9A03 OU S%1V<1 XTg

********

8I8A03 put? S^IBd XTg

paAjasajd

JOpjO p3UlSuO SJ9A00

-B^Xed U9A9S — -a^jduiOQ

BI0A03 OU S^JBd U8A8g

a^jduioo sjsaoo puB
sa^Bjd — s;i^d uoAag

UAY0U3J ex A*d03

qopqM A*q aureu io

19XIM.0 \1SUl3llQ

S Hi

P «s

c3 PI &

WWW

1-5 co

p 3

. o

P w

« S

co eg t-f

3 £ "3

-
P. H,

£ £ "S 'S k

^ « t>

w .

. p<

w I

b a

C3 Qp

" An

a
S

°--* h S3

•2 .s

>> ^ C

S- t* c3
55 c3 c3 s-,

S £ w

03 _Q

.2 H

IT w " °

"2 "S

3 13

CO nS

Xfl W

< < P

-2 2 9 "5, -.

p a § ^ « p

P h!

i_: 2

•3 ^

W P M

Sh -i-h .rt

a cs

bo §

.9 -5

a! "§

- pi

O l-H

* S p

£ M £ P

January, 1938] the nautilus 97

Binney's Republication contain the extensive catalogues of the
publishers, Messrs. H. Bailliere, bound with them in the back.
From this catalogue of 1858 we learn that a copy of Say's Ameri-
can Entomology, a "very scarce" work, could be had for $30.00;
that copies of Binney's Republication of Say's Conchological
Works were available at $12.00, with coloured plates ; but that the
continuation section, just issued in 1858, was available for $5.50
to subscribers to the first part, issued in 1856.

In 1840 Mrs. Lucy Say issued a reprint of some forty-eight
species of land and fresh-water shells which her husband had pub-
lished at various times between 1829 and 1831 in the New Har-
mony Disseminator of Useful Knowledge, and in the Transylvania
Journal of Medicine, Lexington, Kentucky. This work is occa-
sionally incorporated with copies of the Conchology. Mrs. Say
states in the preface to this pamphlet that all these species would
have appeared in the forthcoming numbers of the Conchology,
with illustrations, had Say lived to realize his ambition. She
regrets that she cannot furnish the illustration now. She states
that many of the shells described had been already deposited in
the Academy of Natural Sciences, and that others were in her
own cabinet.

JUNIUS HENDERSON

BY T. D. A. COCKERELL

Junius Henderson died, after a long and painful illness, on the
night of Nov. 4, 1937. He was born at Marshalltown, Iowa, in
April, 1865. Iowa, when it was still something of a frontier
state, gave birth to a remarkable series of naturalists, such as
Eastman, Evermann, Springer and Pilsbry. There must have
been something stimulating in the atmosphere, sowing the seed
in Henderson's mind which was to produce such an abundant
crop during the last thirty years of his life. I remember him in
the early years of this century, when he was still thought of as
the county judge, learned in the law, and in all sorts of unobtru-
sive ways rendering service alike to the public and to private
individuals. It will never be known how many people he wisely
counselled, preventing them from making mistakes, or guiding

98 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

them to wise decisions. This being a mining region, he was the
more efficient in all these matters because of his knowledge of
geology, and later on he was constantly consulted by workers in
Economic Geology, men who were presumed to be experts, but
who had to depend on Henderson's wide knowledge for the
determination of the various strata. Many years ago, I received
from the editors of the New International Encyclopedia a copy
of their article ' ' Colorado, ' ' with a request to revise it for a new
edition. Running through it, I at once saw that it was greatly
in need of revision, but where was the man whose knowledge was
comprehensive and exact enough to do it ? I could think of only
one such man, and those who have the latest edition will see that
the article on Colorado is credited in large part to Junius Hen-
derson. Henderson was honorary curator of the University of
Colorado Museum at a time when the whole collection would have
gone into a good sized wagon, and was of no great value. For-
tunately, for all concerned, the University was at length able to
adopt him as a professor, in charge of the Museum, and today we
can see the results. Although the Museum has had neither space
nor money to develop large exhibits, such as may be seen else-
where, it has no rival in the Rocky Mountain region if we regard
the vast number of species represented, and the opportunities
presented for research. Although Henderson worked and wrote
on geology, mammals, birds, amphibia, reptiles, and anthropology,
so that had he done nothing else his fame would have been secure,
it was the study of mollusca which always attracted him most,
and to which his major effort was directed. He was not content
to merely investigate such shells as might fall in his way, but
through a system of exchanges built up a magnificent collection
of specimens in the Museum. He corresponded with many people,
some of whom developed a strong regard for him, though they
had never seen him. I recall in particular a letter which came
from John Ponsonby, of London, who was dying, and sent a last
affectionate message to his correspondent Henderson. As he
organized the great collection of shells, he also organized the
literature, and prepared for his guidance large typewritten vol-
umes, giving the original descriptions (with photographs of
figures) of all the western species. His volumes on the land and

January, 1938] the nautilus 99

fresh-water mollusca of the west are comparable to those of Mrs.
Oldroyd on the marine shells of the Pacific Coast, and could they
be published would at once become indispensable source-books for
conchologists. So much for the background of his researches,
but he travelled widely in Colorado, California, Utah and the
northwest, and accumulated the materials which enabled him to
revise the molluscan faunas of these regions, his revisions includ-
ing a great deal of critical and original work. Keen to examine
every reference in the literature, he never lost his critical eye,
and was often able to correct erroneous statements and misunder-
standings. In the long history of the University of Colorado,
there will never be a man who stands where Henderson stood, as —
let us say — the Baird of Colorado. Others will do valiant work,
but they will build on the foundations laid by Henderson, and
those foundations will remain secure as long as the University
stands.

Junius Henderson leaves a widow, Bess Green Henderson, who
was his companion in the field, and of whose devotion, during the
long period of his illness, it is impossible to adequately write.
Herself a trained zoologist, she understood his work, and took
over, in large measure, his activities in the field of ornithology.

[Professor Cockerell allows me to add a brief note of apprecia-
tion of the work of our departed friend. Prior to Henderson's
publications, what was known of the molluscan fauna of the
Rocky Mountain States was scattered through scores of books and
periodicals. The records were of unequal value and greatly in
need of revision. In ' ' The Mollusca of Colorado, " ' ' Mollusca of
Colorado, Utah, Montana and Wyoming," "Non-marine Mollusca
of Oregon and Washington, ' ' practically all of the published data
was collated and critically discussed, together with a great mass
of new information from his own field work and that of his col-
leagues, and from unpublished material in museums. Together
with two papers on hunting mollusks in Utah and Idaho, pub-
lished in collaboration with L. E. Daniels, these publications total
over 500 pages. I make use of them very frequently in my own
work. They make the knowledge of mollusks of these mountain
and northwestern states accessible and reliable, and form a broad
foundation for further work. — H. A. Pilsbry.]

100 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

EXTENDED RANGES OF SEVENTY-FIVE SPECIES

OF NORTH PACIFIC SHELLS COLLECTED

BY WALTER J. EYERDAM AND

INGVARD NORBERG

BY WALTER J. EYERDAM

During 12 trips to Alaska and 2 trips to Kamchatka and the
maritime province of East Siberia, I have made one of the largest
and most extensive collections of shells from the North Pacific to
be found outside of the U. S. National Museum. Most of the
shells I have taken myself but some notable additions were made
by Ingvard Norberg on Akutan, Chichagof and Hinchinbrook
islands during Summers of 1931, 1932, 1934 and 1936. My own
activities in collecting shells in these northern waters started in
1917 at Port Armstrong, Baranof Island, while engaged as cooper
for the U. S. Whaling Co. In subsequent years I went to Alaska
and Siberia engaged in whaling, fishing, mining and in biological
collecting for several American and European museums.

In checking up all of the North Pacific shells in regards to
known geographical ranges the following 75 species were found
to have been taken beyond the limits as reported in Bulletin 112 —
1 * Summary of the Marine Shellbearing Mollusks of the Northwest
Coast of America, from San Diego, California, to the Polar Sea,
mostly contained in the Collection of the United States National
Museum," by William H. Dall.

Most of the shells in the following report were identified by
Drs. Dall, Bartsch and Mrs. Oldroyd. The new species are not
included.

Yoldia ensifera Dall. Dredged July, 1922 — Izhut Bay, Afog-
nak I., Alaska. Former range — S. E. Alaska to San Luis Obispo,
California. Extended range — about 700 miles westward.

Cuspidaria pectinata Cpr. 10 fathoms — muddy bottom —
Smith's Cove, Puget Sound. — 1921. Former range — Monterey,
California to Panama. Extended range — about 1000 miles north-
ward.

Phacoides californicus Conrad. Sandy Beach — 1906 — Alki
Point, Seattle, Washington. Former range — Crescent City, Cali-
fornia, to San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Calif. Extended range — about
500 miles northward.

January, 1938] the nautilus 101

Limatula subauriculata Montagu. 20 fathoms — sandy — 1922
— Izhut Bay, Afognak I., Alaska. Former range — Br. Columbia
to San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., also Atlantic. Extended range
— about 700 miles.

Parapholas californica Conrad. In rocks — low tide — 1908 —
Newport, Oregon. Former range — Monterey to San Diego, Cali-
fornia. Extended range — about 700 miles northward.

Musculus discors Linn. Not previously reported from this
coast ?

Platyodon cancellatus Conrad. 1926 — low tide — sand and
gravel — Clallam Bay, Str. of Juan de Fuca, Wash. Known range
— Baulinas Bay, Calif., to San Diego, Calif. Extended range —
northward about 1500 miles.

Kennerlia bilirata (Conrad). Dredged 15 fms. muddy bottom.
Drier Bay, Prince William Sound, Alaska. October, 1924.
Former range : Forrester Island, Alaska, south to Point Abreojos,
Lower California. Extended range : about 700 miles.

Cadulus hepburni (Dall). Dredged 20 fms., sandy bottom.
Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. July,
1923. Former range: Victoria, B. C, to Monterey, Calif. Ex-
tended range : about 1000 miles northward.

Admete couthouyi var. gracilior (Cpr.). Dredged 10 fms.,
mud. Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, Aug., 1922. Former
range: San Diego, Calif. (Gabb, Pal. Cal. Vol. 2, p. 50). Identi-
fied by Dall. Extended range : about 2600 miles.

Admete californica (Dall). Dredged 15 fms., stony bottom.
Elrington Island, Alaska, July, 1924. Former range: Tilla-
mook, Oregon, to Lower Calif., in deep water. Extended range :
about 1200 miles northward.

Tritonalia lurida (Midd.). On stones on beach — Port Arm-
strong, Baranof Island, Alaska, July, 1917. Former range:
Forrester Island, Alaska, to Catalina Island, Calif. Extended
range : about 200 miles northward.

Melanella micans (Cpr.). Dredged 25 fms., sandy bottom,
Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska, Sept.,
1923. Former range : Vancouver Island, B. C, to Todos Santos
Bay, Lower Calif. Extended range : about 1000 miles northward.

Odostomia (Amaura) kennerlyi (Dall and Bartsch). Dredged

102 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

15 fms., mud. Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, Aug., 1922.
Former range: Nanaimo, B. C, to Monterey Bay, Calif. Ex-
tended range : about 1200 miles northwestward.

Odostomia (Amaura) sanjuanensis (Bartsch). Among stones
on beach. Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound,
Alaska, July, 1923. Former range : San Juan Islands in the
Gulf of Georgia. Extended range : about 1200 miles northward.

Odostomia (Amaura) talpa (Dall & Bartsch). Among stones
on beach. Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound,
Alaska, July, 1923. Former range : Mole harbor and Sitka har-
bor, Alaska. Extended range : about 600 miles northward.

Odostomia (Evalea) stephansae (Dall & Bartsch). Among
stones on beach. Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William
Sound, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range : Bear Bay, Peril
Strait, Alaska, to Barclay Sound, British Columbia. Extended
range : about 500 miles northward.

Odostomia (Evalea) willetti (Bartsch). Among seaweed on
stony beach. Drier Bay, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range:
Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. Extended range : over 600 miles
northward.

Odostomia (Evalea) skidegatensis (Bartsch). Among seaweed
on sandy beach. Drier Bay, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range :
Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Island, Alaska, to Trinidad, Calif.
Extended range : About 800 miles.

Odostomia (Evalea) quadrae (Bartsch). Among seaweeds, on
stony beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923. For-
mer range : Barclay Sound, Vancouver Island. Extended range :
About 900 miles.

Odostomia (Evalea) unalaskensis (Bartsch). Under stones,
Shuyak Strait, Alaska, Aug., 1924. Former range: Captain's
Harbor, Unalaska Island, Alaska. Extended range : About 600
miles.

Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsidella) oneilensis (Bartsch). Under
stones on the beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William
Sound, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range : Oneil Island, San
Juan group, Washington. (Type locality.) Extended range:
About 1200 miles northward.

January, 1938] the nautilus 103

Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) charlottensis (Bartsch). Among
stones on beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923.
Former range: Queen Charlotte Islands to Puget Sound. Ex-
tended range : About 700 miles northward.

Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) stejnegeri (Bartsch). Under rocks
at low tide mark, Puget Sound, Washington, July, 1920. Former
range: Sitka, Alaska. Extended range: About 600 miles south-
ward.

Bittium (Semibittium) vancouverensis (D. & B.). Among
stones on beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, Aug., 1923.
Former range: Barclay Sound, Vancouver Island, B. C. Ex-
tended range : About 1000 miles northward.

Spiroglyphus lituellus (Morch). Common on dead shells,
Ishut Bay, Af ognak Island, Aug., 1922. Former range : Forres-
ter Island, Alaska, to San Diego, Calif. Extended range : About
800 miles northwestward.

Velutina cryptospira (Midd.) . On rocks at low tide, July, 1925,
Gulf of Kronotsky, Kamchatka. Former range : Gulf of Alaska.
Extended range : About 2500 miles westward.

Calliostoma costatum (Martyn). Under stones at low tide,
July, 1922, Ishut Bay, Af ognak Island, Alaska. Former range :
Sitka, Alaska, to San Diego, Calif. Extended range : About 700
miles northwestward.

Cidarina cidaris (A. Adams) 1864. Dredged 25 fms. muddy
bottom, July, 1922, Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former
range: Kasaan Bay, Alaska, to Cape San Quentin, Lower Calif.
Extended range : About 700 miles northwestward.

Retusa semen (Reeve). On roots of eel grass, July, 1923, Coll.
no. 694, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range: Off
Point Collinson, Arctic Ocean (also Atlantic Ocean). Extended
range : About 700 miles southward.

Retusa harpa (Dall). On roots of eel grass, Drier Bay, Knight
Island, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: Queen Charlotte
Islands, B. C, to San Diego, Calif. Extended range : About 800
miles northward.

Cypraeolina pyriformis (Cpr.). On nullipores at low tide
mark, July, 1923, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former
range: Peril Strait, Alaska, to Mazatlan, Mexico. Extended
range : About 400 miles northward.

104 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

Haminoea olgae (Dall). On roots of eel grass, July, 1923,
Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range : Olga, San
Juan Islands, Wash., to San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif. Ex-
tended range : 700 miles northward.

Lora morchi (Dall)-(Leche). Dredged 20 fms. stony bottom,
July, 1923, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range:
Nova Zemblia, Arctic Ocean, to Bering Strait. Extended range :
About 800 miles southward.

Columbella tuberosa (Cpr.). Dredged 20 fms., July, 1924,
Elrington Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. Former range :
Forrester Island, Alaska, to Gulf of California. Extended range :
About 800 miles northward.

Barleiea sanjuanensis (Bartsch). On stony algae at low tide,
July, 1924, Elrington Island, Alaska. Former range : San Juan
Islands, Puget Sound, Washington. Extended range : About 1100
miles northward.

Plicifusus kroyeri (Moller). On sandy beach, July, 1925, near
mouth of the Kamchatka River, Kamchatka. Range: Point
Barrow, Alaska (Circumboreal). Extended: to Kamchatka.
(Vladivostok also in 1928.) Coll. by W. J. Eyerdam.

Micranellum oregonensis (Bartsch). Dredged 20 fms. shelly
bottom, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923. Range:
Forrester Island, Alaska, to Monterey, California. Extended
range : About 700 miles northward.

Fartulum occidentale (Bartsch). Dredged 20 fms. on roots of
eel grass, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923. Range :
Gulf of Georgia to Lower California. Extended range: About
1000 miles northward.

(To be continued)

NOTES

Xesta and Trochonanina. — Nevill, 1878, Hand List Moll. Ind.
Mus. 1 : 50, designated Nanina citrina (Linne) as the type of Xesta
Albers ; his action is earlier than Kobelt's (1880) choice of Nanina
stuartiae (Pfr.) [Cf. H.B.B., 1936, Naut. 50 (1): 30]. Xesta
thus becomes a synonym of Naninia Sowerby, and Asperitas Gude
may be used for the group of Elaphroconcha inquinata (Busch).
Nevill, 1878: 45, also designated Nanina mozambicensis (Pfr.) as

January, 1938] the nautilus 105

the type of Trochonanina Mousson, which agrees with Kobelt's
later choice [Cf. H.B.B., 1936, Naut. 50 (2) : 70]. Trochonanina
is a genus of the African Trochozonitinae Iredale, 1914, Proc.
Mai. Soc. London 11 : 122. — H. Burrington Baker.

An Insect "Xenophora." — During the summer and fall of
1937 I have found on four occasions a rare larval stage of an
insect (7.0 mm. in length) carrying empty snail shells on its back.
Dr. H. P. Loding, of Mobile, Alabama, informs me that it is the
larval stage of a species of Chrysopa, Family Chrysopidae, Order
Neuroptera, an aphis-lion, or lacewing fly. It would be necessary
to rear this larva to the adult stage in order to determine its spe-
cific position. It is evidently carnivorous, possessing hollow
mandibles, adapted for sucking. When taken alive it appears
to be a clump of small shells. What its relation with the snails
it carries on its back is, one cannot accurately guess. However,
its burden is an effective disguise.

It lives in dry leaf mould in woods of the oak-hickory type,
where snails are abundant. On a knob at Hayesville, North
Carolina, one specimen was collected, carrying on its back about
six specimens of Retinella indentata paucilirata, and B. carolinen-
sis wetherbyi. The second specimen was found on the Robbins-
ville Road in extreme northwestern Macon County, North Caro-
lina, and carried five juveniles of the same two species. The
third Chrysopa from Clay, Jefferson County, Alabama, carried no
snails. The fourth specimen was taken near the Fort Payne Cave,
Fort Payne, DeKalb County, Alabama. Attached to its dorsum
by fine threads, apparently silk, was the following load: Two
specimens of juvenile Polygyra rugeli, one Hawaiia minuscula,
two Euconulus sterkii, one E. chersinus, two Vertigo gouldii, a fly
cranium, and a caterpillar cranium. — A. F. Archer.

Notes on Some Land Mollusks of a Palmetto Pasture in
North-central Alabama. — The occurrence of the palmetto
(Sabal minor) in north-central Alabama has excited some inter-
est, because it was formerly supposed to be limited to more favor-
able climatic areas further to the south. At the suggestion of
Dr. R. M. Harper of the Alabama Museum of Natural History, I
investigated one of the palmetto localities near the McCalla post-

106 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

office, Jefferson County, Alabama, in November, 1937. This local-
ity is favorable for the palmetto, being low, open, and calcareous.
The area is very open and pastured, with a scattering of red cedar,
scaly-bark hickory, hackberry, willow oak (Quercus phellos) and
elm (Ulmus alata). The palmetto is rather common, and the
ground is covered in places with limestone outcrops. The mol-
lusks found, with number of specimens of each, follow.

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) 2 Polygyra pustuloides (Bland) 15

Beroceras laeve campestre (Say) 3 inflecta (Say) 26

Euconulus chersinus (Say) 2 thyroidus (Say) 8

Mesomphix perlaevis (Pilsbry) ... 1 Strobilops ftoridana Pilsbry 7

Betinella indentata paucilirata Gastrocopta procera (Gould) 1

(Morel.) 7 contractu (Say) 2

Hawaiia minuscula (A. Binney) .. 5 armifera (Say) 14

Zonitoides demissus (A. Binney) ... 29 Pupoides marginatus (Say) 46

arboreus (Say) 20 Succinea avara Say 1

Polygyra auriformis (Bland) 4

The numbers cited above would need re-checking by subsequent
collections in order to be significant, but nevertheless the relative
numerical importance of certain species is fairly evident. The
species favoring cedar glades, prairies, and cleared country are
the most abundant. Of these the species of Gastrocopta and also
Pupoides marginatus are either true xerophiles or facultative
xerophiles. The latter is rare or absent from either dry forests
or cedar glades, but favors open country. It has less preference
for calcareous soil than does G. armifera. Probably the most
significant feature in this palmetto habitat is the presence of two
species of the Floridian area. Strobilops ftoridana has been
found before now in north-central Alabama, but its maximum of
abundance is reached in the Gulf Coastal Region. It is more
truly a xerophile than are the other species of the genus in Ala-
bama. Polygyra auriformis has not been found hitherto north
of the Selma Chalk prairies of central Alabama, and it too is at
its maximum on the Gulf Coast. Both of these species are as
peculiar to the warmer latitudes of the state. Their extension
northward may have come about by way of the swamp forests of
the southern type, or else were coincidental with the spread of the
palmetto. — A. F. Archer.

January, 1938] the nautilus 107

Acrorbis petricola is a new genus and species of Planorbidae
from the state of Santa Catharina, Brazil, recently described by
Dr. Nils Hj. Odhner.1 It lives in damp moss on rocks over which
water trickles. The shell resembles Parapholyx (Pompholyx Lea,
Pompholycodea Lindh.) in the ultrasinistral coil, but is umbili-
cate. However, we do not believe it to be related to that North
American genus. Parapholyx has recently been shown to belong
to the Helisomatinae. It has a large gland in the lower sac of the
penis, a massive prostate gland, and other characteristics of that
subfamily. 'Acrorbis has the uniserial prostate of Tropicorbis;
the penis and its long, slender verge are as in Tropicorbis and
Drepanostoma. By having a blunt flagellum at apex of the penis
it is like Drepanostoma, but it differs in the teeth. It appears,
therefore, to be another genus of this South American series. We
have elsewhere shown Tropicorbis to be directly related to African
Planorbidae, not to North American. — H. A. P.

A Geographic Digest of ' ' The Nautilus. ' ' — Volumes 1-50, a
Period of About Fifty Years. — The study of mollusks assumes
a different aspect when approached from an ecologic viewpoint,
especially the pulmonates. When followed from a geographic or
f aunistic angle two definite courses may be adopted by the student.
First type localities may be established and visited; second un-
worked districts may be searched to extend the known range of
existing species and to discover new ones.

In order to clarify the immense number of habitat records con-
tained in the pages of "The Nautilus" and present them in a
usable form the writer has compiled the more important data bear-
ing upon the subject which is to be arranged collectively beneath
the various states, provinces, islands and countries. Under each
geographic title there are to be five further subdivisions covering
in turn land mollusks, fresh water mollusks, marine mollusks, fos-
sil mollusks and articles of a general nature. Within these groups
each subject will be introduced in the form of the author's name,
the title of paper or condensed form of same, in some cases the
name of a species, always the exact locality and frequently the
type locality. The volume and page numbers of ' ' The Nautilus ' '
are to be included which will also embrace "The Conchologists

i Arkiv for Zoologi Bd. 29b, No. 14.

108 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (3)

Exchange, ' ' constituting the first two volumes. Unusual habitats,
either new records for a given region or otherwise significant, are
noted. Widely dispersed species which may readily be found in
the older publications are not included.

The frequent and highly valuable reviews of contemporary lit-
erature, within the pages of "The Nautilus," are to be referred
to in the digest. With all of these aids grouped together the stu-
dent may at a glance have access to practically all the literature
which has appeared over a period of fifty years and covering a
given area within a single state or country. Provided that the
common genera are recognizable to the student it should be possi-
ble, in many cases, to contact certain species locally without actu-
ally referring to "The Nautilus" or other publications. Identi-
fications may be checked at some future time. It is hoped that
the digest will stimulate exploration of neglected areas and make
a little easier the path of those taking the molluscan census.

In the first part of the work all of North America is to be in-
cluded together with Panama and the Territory of Hawaii. Al-
though all records of the other continents have also been compiled,
as they appear in "The Nautilus," it appears best to defer their
publication. It might be possible to supply data pertaining to
South America or elsewhere to order.

The undersigned invites correspondence and will welcome sug-
gestions. The replies will largely determine the number of copies
to be printed. It is hoped that the price may be kept well under
five dollars. Please write at once and fully state your views. —
Maxwell Smith, Lantana, Florida.

Another Copy of "American Conchology." — In connection
with the article "Notes on 'American Conchology' by Thomas
Say," published by H. E. Wheeler (Naut., 51: 43-50, 1937) it
may be of some value to record the presence of a copy in the Uni-
versity of Colorado Museum library. This copy contains all
seven parts, including the covers, but not the Glossary. The 68
colored plates are assembled and follow the text, and the covers
are bound in at the back. The work has been recently bound in
a green cloth library binding and the edges have been trimmed.
The condition is excellent except for a few age-stained pages and
one which has been repaired. The copy was obtained from
Gerhard in 1917 for $12.00. — Hugo G. Rodeck, University of
Colorado Museum.

The Nautilus

Vol. 51 April, 1938 No. 4

A NEW SPECIES OF OLIVA FROM SANTO DOMINGO,
WITH NOTES ON OTHER MARINE FORMS

BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH

During the past summer (1937) a little over two months were
spent along the northern coast of Santo Domingo. Though our
interest was mainly devoted to a study of the land mollusks of
this region, considerable time was spent at a limited number of
marine stations. These places were located at Monte Cristi,
Puerto Plata, Puerto Sosua and Santa Barbara de Samana.

The northern coast of Santo Domingo is exposed to the easterly
trades and to the somewhat frequent winter storms from the
north. In addition, deep water prevails along this entire coast
with a consequent lack of protection from strong wave action. A
few little harbors exist, and these possess only small areas that
are sheltered during any severe blow. As a consequence, the
marine fauna is limited throughout most of this area. Protected
places, however, in the lee of points of land, or little coves in the
harbors yielded a large number of species.

The region at Monte Cristi is thus favored by a small peninsula
and a six-mile stretch of coast line that runs north and south,
forming a fairly large bay, which is somewhat protected from the
trade winds. Shallow water extends from the end of the penin-
sula completely around the bay, broadening to about three miles
near the center. The beach is astonishingly rich in drift material
which would indicate exceedingly favorable offshore conditions.

From "El Morro" at Monte Cristi east to Old Cape Frances,
the coast is mainly rocky and composed of the ' ' diente de perro ' '
limestone, forming cliffs in some places 20 to 50 feet high. Small
beaches are to be found at irregular intervals along this section
of the coast with a fairly long stretch some 20 miles east of Puerto
Sosua. Easterly, beyond Old Cape Frances, the coast is mainly

(109)

110 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

sandy, giving way to rock again towards the tip of the Samana
peninsula. We found the few outer beaches investigated along
this northern coast to be exceedingly poor in material. The ricks
of shells were thin, scattered, and composed generally of frag-
ments of the rock-inhabiting species.

The harbors at Puerto Plata and Puerto Sosua are small and
have but limited protected areas; these proved, however, to be
quite rich. The inner portions of both are margined by sandy
beaches, the sides by weathered limestone. A small coral reef is
located in the center of Puerto Sosua harbor, the bottom elsewhere
being composed mainly of sand. The bottom of Puerto Plata
harbor is mainly a bluish clay. At the time of our visit, a suction
dredge which was operating, enabled us to obtain many more
species from this locality.

Santa Barbara de Samana is a small village located on the south
side of the Samana peninsula and about five miles from the en-
trance of Samana Bay. Conditions here for most forms of
marine life are ideal. Three small keys protect the little harbor
and offer in addition to the mainland a remarkable series of habi-
tat stations. A small stream empties into the harbor on the
western end of the village, and it has created a fairly extensive
sand bar which proved to be exceedingly rich in bivalves. Both
east and west of the settlement are several spurs from the main
mountain ridge which composes the peninsula. These project
into the bay, forming points between which are small bays with
sandy or shingle beaches.

Samana Bay proper is a deep reach of water, approximately
25 miles long and about 9 miles wide. The inner or western end
of the bay is brackish and muddy, due to the silt brought down
by the Rio Yuna which empties into the bay at this point. The
easterly trade winds in addition cause the plant debris to drift
to this end of the bay, which is there impounded along with the
silt to form the shore. This western shore is advancing rather
rapidly, to judge by the conditions noted and the statements of
many of the inhabitants. Gabb's map indicates about a four-
mile advance since 1873, and one resident told us of a saw-mill
which formerly existed on the shore, receiving the saw logs at tide
water, the foundations of which are now more than a mile inland.

April, 1938] the nautilus 111

We are deeply indebted to His Excellency Presidente Rafeal
Leonidas Trujillo for every kindness and courtesy that could be
extended to us. Without his aid much would have been left un-
done. Through his officers, Colonel Charles McLaughlin and Mr.
Harry Hurst, a host of favors were granted that enabled us to
see and visit many localities otherwise inaccessible. Their friend-
ship and their interest in our work became invaluable. To Mr.
and Mrs. C. L. Bennett, the resident manager and his wife of the
United Fruit Company Plantations at Puerto Sosua, we are more
than grateful for a real home during our month's residence at
this place and for an unlimited number of kindnesses during our
stay.

Our visit at Santa Barbara de Samana was made far more pro-
ductive through the kindness of Senor Fortunato Beretta, who
not only made arrangements for our several local trips but be-
came a charming friend and companion during our all-too-short
three weeks at this beautiful spot.

Our party consisted of Mr. Henry D. Russell, Mr. Richard A.
McLean and the writer. The trip was made possible by a grant
from the Milton Fund of Harvard University and the generosity
of several friends of the Museum.

The following notes are based on certain of the material that
seems worthy of immediate record. The marine collections as a
whole are to be considered at a later date in a review of what is
hoped to be a more or less complete study of the entire West
Indian region.

We take pleasure in naming the following Oliva after President
Trujillo :

Oliva trujilloi, new species. Plate 9, figs. 3-5. Descrip-
tion.— Shell solid, rather heavy, polished, with the greatest width
just above the mid region. Ground color somewhat grayish, to
reddish-brown, overlaid with fine and numerous reddish brown
checks, intensified above and below the mid area to indicate two
somewhat obscure bands. The general appearance of the shell
is a decided reddish brown, a few specimens only retaining a
grayish cast. Whorls 7 to 7$. Spire short, descending slightly
to the sixth whorl, the last whorl being formed along the margin
of the preceding whorl. Parietal wall thinly glazed with fairly
strong basal plications. Mid-parietal plications fairly strong,

112 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

short and developed to near the superior portion of the aperture.
Aperture long and narrow, flaring slightly at the base. Palatal
lip thick. Sculpture of only exceedingly fine growth lines.
Suture deeply channeled. Interior of aperture a flat white.
Length 40.2 Width 16.3 Aperture 36.8 x 2.8 mm. Holotype.

40.4 16.9 35.5x3.0 Paratype.

37.6 17.0 33.9x2.8

35.1 15.0 30.0x2.0

Holotype. — Mus. Comp. Zool. no. 57240, Puerto Plata, Santo
Domingo. Clench, Russell, McLean and Hurst, collectors, July,
1937. Dredged at about 5 fathoms. Many paratypes from the
same locality. Additional records from Ponce, Puerto Rico, and
Bay of Santiago, Cuba.

Remarks. — This species appears to be rather distinctive and
rather remarkable because of its peculiar color, a color rarely
equalled or approximated in this variable family. Morphologi-
cally it appears to be nearest to O. say ana (O. litterata auct., non
Lamarck) but differs in color, much smaller size, the deeply chan-
neled suture and the reduced spire.

The only species with which it can at all be confused is O. cari-
baeensis Dall, originally described from Mayaguez Harbor, Puerto
Rico. It differs from this species in its reddish-brown coloration,
the development of the last whorl, which in O. caribaeensis is
descending, and in lacking the purplish coloration within the
aperture which is described for this latter species. The propor-
tions of the shell are slightly different, this new form being some-
what slenderer. Two specimens of O. caribaeensis Dall (Bull.
United States Fish Commission (1900), 1, p. 391, pi. 56, fig. 9,
1901) were found occurring with O. trujilloi at Ponce, Puerto
Rico, in the dredgings from the harbor obtained at approximately
30 feet.

O. caribaeensis appears to be more nearly allied to O. reticularis
Lam. rather than to O. sayana as stated by Dall. O. reticularis
was quite abundant at Puerto Plata in the dredgings, though it
did not occur in our material collected at Ponce, Puerto Rico. At
both stations it had a decided reddish cast.

Phalium erinaceum vibex Linne. — In a previous paper1 ref-

1 1937. Proc. New England Zoological Club, 16, p. 60.

April, 1938] the nautilus 113

erence was made to this species as one of the few definitely known
to occur in both the tropical Atlantic and the Indo-Pacific region.
A single specimen of this rare form was found alive at Puerto
Sosua among the loose rocks in a protected cove.

Sanguinolaria sanguinolenta Gmel. — This appears to be an
exceedingly rare West Indian bivalve. We found it at Santa
Barbara de Samana in a small protected cove one half mile west
of the village on a sand bottom in from 1 to 2 feet of water. Live
shells were rare ; dead single valves, however, formed a conspicu-
ous element in the drift at high water line.

Litorina minima (Wood). — (Turbo minima Wood 1828, Index
Test. Suppl. pi. 6, fig. 9). New records. — Puerto Sosua; El
Canal, Cabo Macoris, 6 miles N. E. of Puerto Sosua; Punta Chiva,
7 mi. E. of Santa Barbara de Samana. This supposedly rare
West Indian species turned up in considerable numbers from
Puerto Sosua east to Cape Samana. It frequents the "splash
pools ' ' that are found in the coastal limestone from high tide line
to 6 or 7 feet above.

L. minima is closely allied to L. mespillum (v. Muhlf.), this
latter species being a deep reddish brown to a blackish brown,
minima differing in possessing a peculiar spotting with black dots
over the entire surface of the shell. The description of minima
indicates only a grayish white ground color with black dots. In
our present series, however, the shells are nearly all yellowish-
brown, a limited number of the grayish shells were found only
at Puerto Sosua. L. mespillum, though far more widespread,
would appear to be a variety of L. minima.

Dall and Simpson do not list this species in their "Mollusca
of Porto Rico" but inasmuch as they list "San Juan (Gund-
lach) " as the only locality for Litorina mespillum, a very widely
distributed species in the West Indies, occurring only in the
splash pool habitat, it is quite possible that it was overlooked.
Dr. Aguayo reports only eight known specimens of L. minima
from Cuba, though it is to be understood that little or nothing is
known relative to the marine mollusks of the extreme eastern end
of the island.

Litorina minima did not occur in the northern Bahamas where
these splash pools were investigated nor did we encounter it at

114 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

Cienfuegos and the Guantanamo Naval Base, both on the south
coast of Cuba, where the same habitats were carefully searched.

Terebra flammea Lamarck, Plate 9, figs. 1, 2. (Terebra
flammea Lamarck 1822, An. s. Vert. 7, p. 284). This species was
probably our most noted "find" in Santo Domingo. To judge
entirely by the few specimens in our American museums, it is a
very rare form, and has heretofore been reported only from the
western Pacific. Our present new series establishes this as the
first West Indian record. Some twenty specimens were found,
both by ourselves and Mr. Harry Hurst, in the dredgings from
Puerto Plata Harbor at depths of approximately 30 feet.

We possessed but a single specimen with the data as ' ' China ' '
(M. C. Z. no. 74746) and Dr. Pilsbry kindly loaned us the only
two specimens possessed by him, which were also localized as
China and originally received from H. Cuming through Dr. T. B.
Wilson (A.N.S.P. no. 33,512). A careful comparison between
the three western Pacific specimens and our present Santo Do-
mingo series fails to disclose any differentiating characters, other
than a little more diffusion of the brownish-orange spots on the
Pacific forms (plate 9, fig. 1).

All of our present series were collected dead, though most of
them are in perfect shape and possess strong color markings.

Spire portion lost Localitv

(calculated) J

Length Whorls

2.5 mm. 4 Puerto Plata
7 9 " "

16 15 China (A.N.S.P.)

6 8 " "

Many other species that we collected are still too imperfectly
known relative to their distribution to be considered in these
notes, though mention might be made of Trigoniocardia cera-
midum Dall which we found quite abundant at Puerto Plata, and
Monte Cristi, Santo Domingo, as well as Ponce, Puerto Rico. We
failed to find it in the northern Bahamas, a region very rich in
the Cardiidae.

Known

part

Length

Whorls

46 mm.

121

120

125

THE NAUTILUS: 51 (4)

PLATE 9

Fig. 1, Terebra flammea Lam., China, A.N.S.P. 2, T. flammea, Puerto Plata,
M. C. Z. 3, 4, Oliva trujilloi Clench, Puerto Plata, paratopes. 5, same, holotvpe.
6, Solaropsis gibboni fairchildi Beq. & CI., holotvpe. 7, same, paratype. 9, Polv-
gyra jonesiana Archer. Figs. 1-7 natural size, 'fig. 9x3.

April, 1938] the nautilus 115

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF SOLAROPSIS GIBBONI
FROM BRASIL

BY JOSEPH BEQUAEET AND W. J. CLENCH

Solaropsis gibboni fairchildi new subspecies. Plate 9, figs. 6-7.
Description. — Shell solid, somewhat depressed with only a slight
indication of a peripheral keel. Whorls 5, nearly rounded and
strongly convex. Color somewhat darker than the typical form
with the pattern arrangement similar.

Gt. diam. 43 Less. diam. 36.6 height 23 mm. Holotype.

45.5 38.7 25.5 Paratype.

43 35.6 23.5

41 34.5 22.5

Holotype. — Mus. Comp. Zool. no. 57240. Anapolis, Goyas,
Brasil. G. B. Fairchild collector, July, 1936. Three adult and
one immature paratype from the same locality.

Remarks. — This subspecies differs from the typical form by
being much smaller and proportionally less depressed. A speci-
men from Bogota, Colombia, of 8. gibboni measures 61 mm. in
greater diameter with a height of 27.5 mm. The peripheral keel
of 8. gibboni is generally quite sharp and prominent, while in
our new form it is nearly obsolete. All other characters appear
to be similar to those of the typical form.

ON THE HISTORY AND STATUS OF LORA GISTEL

A recent inquiry from the West Coast caused us to examine the
credentials of the genus Lora, which has been introduced into
our catalogues as generic name for the boreal Turridae formerly
known as Beta. The data are as follows. In all cases they are
taken from the original sources.

Johannes Gistel, 1848, in his Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs
fur hohere Schulen, proposed many generic names as substitutes
for names he did not like, giving a list of them in the Bevorwort-
ung of his volume, pp. viii-xi. This entry is found on p. ix :

"Defrancia (Millet, Gastrop. D. viridula O. Fabr.) : Lora
Gistel."

Thus, Gistel obviously proposed Lora as a substitute for De-
francia, and cited "D. viridula 0. Fabr." simply as an example,

116 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

but without designation of type. It was not in Millet's original
list of Defranciae. In such cases, the first type subsequently
designated for either of the names becomes automatically the
type of both (International Kules, Art. 30, II, f).

The first type designation for either is that of Dall (1908, Bull.
M. C. Z. 43 : 260), who chose for Defrancia, D. pagoda Millet. As
Defrancia is a homonym, the genus will stand as Pleurotomoides
Bronn, 1831, of which Defrancia Millet and Lora Gistel are
synonyms.

Later type designations for Lora itself involve Tritonium viri-
dulum 0. Fabricius, 1780, which was described in Fauna Groen-
landica, p. 402, from Greenland. While there are no figures in
this work, the description is good, for the time, and the species, as
Admete viridula (O. Fabr.), is everywhere accepted. However,
H. P. C. Moller, 1842, mistakenly identified T. viridulum with a
somewhat similar "Bela," and redescribed Fabricius' species as
Admete crispa (Index Molluscorum Groenlandiae, p. 15). The
(new) genus Admete he ascribed to Kroyer. Admete viridula
(0. Fabr.) has a wide distribution in northern seas. A closely
related form, perhaps not specifically separable, A. couthouyi Jay,
occurs off New England from a few fathoms depth down to over
800 fms. It is extremely variable. The most fully developed
forms of Admete show one or two weak columellar folds, which
caused it to be referred to the Cancellaridae ; other specimens
show none, the columella smooth and conspicuously but obliquely
truncate.

In the above-mentioned paper of 1842, p. 14, Moller described
Defrancia viridula, which he identified with Tritonium viridulum
0. Fabr. He did not regard it as a new species, but merely as a
transfer of Fabricius' species to another genus. The true iden-
tity of Moller 's shell seems to have remained unknown until
G. 0. Sars (1878, Mollusca Regionis Arcticae Norvegiae, p. 235)
found it to be identical with Bela kobelti Verkriizen,1 from Vadso,

i The specific name cannot stand as Bela viridula Moller, however, as he
was not proposing a new name for it, but considered it to be Fabricius'
species. It will stand as Bela Tcobelti Verkriizen; or, since Bela is no longer
tenable for this boreal group, it will probably be called Oenopota Tcobelti
(Verkr.). See International Eules, Art. 31.

April, 1938] the nautilus 117

Norway, by a comparison of Norwegian specimens with Moller's
material in Copenhagen.

Dall perpetuated Moller's confusion by his statement under
Lora (1918, Proc. U. S. N. Mus. 54: 328) : "sole example Tri-
tonium viridulum Fabricius, which is a Beta, probably B. exarata
Moller, according to the type specimen." This is about as mis-
leading as it could be, since Tritonium viridulum Fabr. is not a
Beta but an Admete. His "probably B. exarata" can be ignored,
since we have so good an authority on northern mollusks as Sars,
who positively states that Moller's viridula is Bela kooelti, a spe-
cies allied to exarata but quite distinct.

Grant and Gale (1931, Mem. San Diego Nat. Hist. Soc. 1:
512), relying upon Dall, say: "Type (by subsequent designa-
tion, Dall 1918), Tritonium viridulum 0. Fabricius 1780, + Bela
exarata Moller according to the type specimen (fide Dall), not
Defrancia viridula Moller, 1842." This includes "Bela" in one
clause and excludes it in the next.

The only type designations for Lora exclusively appear there-
fore to be hopelessly muddled, since they include two species of
two genera. Dall's statement would make Lora a synonym of
Admete, since we cannot accept his conclusion that Tritonium
viridulum "is a Bela, probably B. exarata Moller." This error
invalidates his statement under Bela in Proc. U. S. N. M. 54 : 318.

Of course Gistel did not know that more than one genus was
involved. He thought that he was citing Fabricius' species, as
he does not mention Moller.2

The synonymy of Pleurotomoides will stand as follows.

Defrancia Millet, 1827, Mem. Soc. Linn., Paris 5 : 437. Pro-
posed for five species, including D. pagoda Millet, which was
designated the type by Dall, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z. 43 : 260. Not
Defrancia Bronn, 1825, Syst. Urwelt. Pflanzenth. pp. 13, 42
(Polyzoa).

Pleurotomoides Bronn, 1831, Ital. Tert.-Gebilde p. 47. Sub-
stitute for Defrancia Millet not Bronn, and taking the same type,
D. pagoda.

2 Probably Moller was the source of Gistel 's information, but this is only
inference.

118 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

Lora Gistel, 1848 (see above). Substitute for Defrancia Millet,
and taking the same type, D. pagoda.

The boreal "Belas" for which Lora has been used, will be
known as Oenopota Morch, type Fusus pleurotomarius Couthouy.

H. A. PlLSBRY

Dr. H. B. Baker, Dr. Paul Bartsch, Dr. S. S. Berry and Dr.
Wm. J. Clench, members of the A. M. U. Committee on Nomen-
clature, agree with the above conclusions.

PECTEN PUGETENSIS AT NEWPORT BAY,
CALIFORNIA

BY WENDELL O. GREGG

The entrance of Newport Bay, California, is guarded on the
east by a rocky point and on the west by an artificial breakwater.
This entrance is rather narrow in comparison with the size of
the bay and consequently the current here is very swift on chang-
ing tides. The incoming tides bring in many deep-water forms
which have been found along this rocky point and on sand bars
within the entrance of the bay.

In March, 1926, while collecting along the rocks on the east
side of the entrance of this bay at very low tide, a single specimen
of Pecten pugetensis Oldroyd was found. It was attached to a
rock by a byssus as noted by Oldroyd1 in the specimens taken at
Puget Sound at low tide. The specimen was moderately spinose
over the left valve and delicately so over the distal four milli-
meters of the right valve, the spines occurring over a much wider
area over the posterior third of right valve. The measurements
were : height, 29.3 mm. ; length 25.0 mm. ; convexity, 10.7 mm. ;
hinge line, 16.3 mm.

Oldroyd2 originally described this pecten as a subspecies of
P. islandicus Miiller, making brief comparisons with islandicus.
The latter does not now occur on the Pacific Coast of North
America south of Bering Sea, but is said to have occurred on
the Pacific Coast as far south as Deadman Island, San Pedro,

i Publications, Puget Sound Biological Station, vol. 4, p. 18.
2 Nautilus, vol. 33, p. 136.

April, 1938] the nautilus 119

during the Pleistocene.8 Grant and Gale* placed pugetensis as
a subspecies of hastatus. It certainly has a superficial resem-
blance to hastatus, but the ribs differ in shape with wider inter-
spaces which are covered by a minute reticulate sculpturing.
This sculpturing is characteristic of islandicus and its allies and
does not occur in hastatus. Unfortunately this minute sculptur-
ing is not mentioned in Oldroyd 's description. This Pecten forms
a link in the intergrading series between islandicus and hastatus
but for the present at least I do not prefer to consider it as a
subspecies of either.

I have examined specimens of pugetensis in the George Willett
collection which were taken by Mr. Willett at Craig and at
Ketchikan, Alaska. This would give it a known range extending
from Craig, Prince of Wales Island, Alaska, to Newport Bay,
Orange County, California. I have fossil specimens, presumably
Pliocene, which were taken at Deadman Island, San Pedro, Calif.

A GIANT RACE OF HELMINTHOGLYPTA FROM
TULARE CO., CALIFORNIA

BY CLIFFOKD C. CHUECH AND ALLYN G. SMITH

Helminthoglypta tudiculata rex, new subspecies. Plate 8, figs.
10-12.
Diagnosis: Shell helicoid, very large for the species, moderately
thick; spire low, with an angle of 125°; whorls 6, the last well-
rounded and rapidly expanding to form a sub-circular aperture
of unusually large proportions ; lip simple, not thickened, moder-
ately reflected except at the base where the reflection is sufficient
to conceal about one-half of the umbilicus, connected between ter-
minations by a thin wash of callus ; umbilicus rather small, being
contained about 14 times in the major diameter of the shell.
Nuclear whorls 2, finely granular under a lens of medium power
except for the nucleus itself, which is glassy at the tip followed
by a short wrinkled zone, the remainder of the nuclear whorls be-
ing relatively smooth. Sculpture of the early post-nuclear whorls
consists of low but well-developed, closely spaced, growth ridges of
unequal strength. Weak malleations begin to show on the second

3 Catalogue of the Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Molluscs of California,
p. 162.

* Ibid., p. 168.

120 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

whorl from the last, becoming rapidly stronger until on the last
whorl they are so exceedingly large and coarse that they dominate
the entire appearance of the shell. They cover the last whorl
except in the umbilical region and for a short distance behind the
lip, where they become obsolete. Color much as in tudiculata s.s.
but darker and with a more greenish cast, especially on the body
whorl ; the raised edges of the malleations are considerably lighter
in color than the pits, thus making them stand out more sharply.
The dark brown revolving band is nearly 2 mm. wide and is set off
by two light-colored zones, each having almost the same width.
The above is a description of the holotype, a fully mature speci-
men that measures : max. diam., 39.1 mm. ; min. diam., 30.8 mm. ;
alt., 27.2 mm.

Holotype: Cat. No. 7189, Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll. (Collected
by C. C. Church).

Type Locality: Under granite boulders along the tree-shaded
initial terrace above the bed of the Middle Fork of the Tule River,
about 2 mi. above and East of Springville, at the boundary of
the Sierra National Forest, Tulare Co., California. Paratypes:
Specimens so designated have been placed in the collections of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the San Diego So-
ciety of Natural History, the Los Angeles Museum, and the private
collections of E. P. Chace, S. S. Berry, and A. G. Smith. Two are
in the California Academy of Sciences Type Collection, Nos. 7190
and 7191.

Material Studied: The type lot, consisting of 17 adult and 6
immature or broken shells (C. A. S. No. 28121) collected in July
and October, 1933, by C. C. Church and G. D. Hanna. Also a
second lot (C. A. S. No. 28181), consisting of 4 living adults and
many immature specimens, which was collected 8 mi. East of
Porterville, Tulare Co., Calif., on March 31, 1935, by the same
collectors.

Remarks: The most striking characters of this subspecies are its
uniformly great size, the extremely heavy malleations on the
body whorl, and the light color of the edges of the malleations in
comparison with the much darker color of the pits. While it is
not believed that mere size should be the sole criterion in naming
a new species or subspecies, it is believed that this shell exhibits a
sufficient number of other different characters to warrant giving

April, 1938] the nautilus 121

it a name. As to size, we have seen occasional specimens of
Helminthoglypta arrosa (Gld.), Monadenia fidelis (Gray), and
M. infumata (Gld.) that are as large as a good-sized specimen of
H. tudiculata rex, but we believe we are safe in the assertion that
this represents the largest known California land snail.

It is most nearly related to H. tudiculata Jcernensis Berry1 but
in addition to larger average size it has a heavier shell, is more
conspicuously and coarsely malleated, is darker and generally
more greenish in color, and lacks the wide open umbilicus of
kernensis. Some smaller adult specimens of rex approximate
Jcernensis in size, however, so it is possible that with additional col-
lecting in intervening territory an intergrading series linking the
two subspecies may be found.

The range in size of H. tudiculata rex from the type locality is
shown by measurements in the following table :

Max. Min. No.

Diam. Diam. Alt. Whorls

Largest shell 42.6 mm. 33.2 mm. 28.6 mm. 6

Smallest shell 33.3 " 26.2 " 23.0 " 5-7/8

Average of 17 adults 38.4 " 30.2 " 26.7 " 6

Note : Of the 17 adults measured 5 had a maximum diameter of
40 mm. or more, and 9 were larger than 38 mm.

Land snails of the tudiculata group seem to be fairly abundant
in the Tulare Co. foothill region of California. Judging from
the evidence they seem to vary considerably with the locality. Dr.
H. A. Pilsbry informs us that the Philadelphia Academy has shells
referable to rex from Visalia, Cramer, and the Tule Indian Reser-
vation, and some smaller shells (30-31.5 mm.) from Porterville.
In the University of California is a lot of 5 shells (Univ. Calif. No.
2503) labeled "Tulare Co., Calif., D. O. Mills (collection) " rang-
ing from 34.8 to 37.8 mm. but which do not exhibit the coarse
malleation so characteristic of rex. We have examined two lots
of shells smaller than rex but larger than kernensis found by one of
us (Church) beside the small canal 3 miles East of Porterville
on the Tule River and also among weeds and willow and cotton-

i Berry, S. S. Nautilus, Vol. 43, p. 40 (October, 1929); also Vol. 43,
p. 138 correcting a mis-spelling of the subspecific name from "kermensis"
to "kernensis."

122 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

wood leaves near the dry bed of Deer Creek where it enters the
valley. Shells collected near Porterville by Hemphill (C. A. S.
Nos. 8802-8805, incl.) are identical with those from Deer Creek.
Young shells of what appears to be this smaller race (A. G. S. No.
5495) were collected at Bartlett Park on the South Fork of the
Tule River, 12 miles East of Porterville.

At the type locality of rex two specimens (C. A. S. No. 28121-A)
of a much smaller, thin-walled race of tudiculata referable to
tularensis (Hemp.) were found with the large shells. Examples
of this were collected also at three other places farther down in
the foothills: in the granite hills back of Porterville, north of
the main road up the Tule River ; one-half mile north of Lindsay
in the low hills capped by a jaspery rock from which crysoprase
has been mined; and at Bartlett Park (A. G. S. No. 4604).

H. tudiculata tularensis (Hemphill) is readily distinguishable
from rex and kernensis in spite of the overlapping of range with
the former subspecies and its variants. However, it is a snail of
the higher foothills at medium altitudes, where it reaches its
maximum development.

The authors are indebted to Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry and to Dr.
G. Dallas Hanna for assistance and advice on this brief study of
an interesting problem of variation.

Berkeley, California, September 17, 1937.

EXTENDED RANGES OF NORTH PACIFIC SHELLS

BY WALTER J. EYERDAM
(Continued from page 104)

Lora nazanensis (Dall). Dredged 10 fathoms, shelly bottom,
Elrington Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. Former range :
Norton Sound, Alaska, to Aleutian Islands. Extended range:
About 700 miles eastward.

Lora oecki (Moller). Twenty fathoms (not common), stony
bottom, Drier Bay, Prince William Sound, Alaska. Former
range : Bernard Harbor, Arctic Coast and southward. Extended
range : About 600 miles southward.

Alvania alaskana (Dall). On stony algae, low tide, 5 speci-
mens. Shuyak Strait, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range:

April, 1938] the nautilus 123

Nunivak Island, Bering Sea. Extended range : About 200 miles
southward.

Alvania carpenteri ( Weinkauff ) (syn. = Alvania reticulata
(Cpr.) ) . On stony algae, low tide mark, Elrington Island, Prince
William Sound, Alaska. Former range : Forrester Island, Alaska,
to Neah Bay, Wash. Extended range: About 700 miles north-
ward.

Cingula (Nodulus) kyskensis (Bartsch). Shuyak Strait,
Af ognak, Alaska, under stones, between tides, rare, Shuyak Strait,
Af ognak Island, Alaska. Former range : Kyska and Atka Islands,
Alaska. Extended range : About 1400 miles eastward.

Cingula (Nodulus) cerinellus (Dall). Under stones, between
tides, rare, Shuyak Strait, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former
range : Kyska and Amchitka Islands, Alaska. Extended range :
About 1440 miles eastward.

Beringius crebricostatus (Dall). Low tide to 100 feet depth,
rather common in some localities, Izhut Bay, Afognak Island,
Alaska. Former range: Plover Bay, Aleutians, eastward to
Shumagins. Extended range : About 300 miles eastward.

Diadora aspera (Esch.). On rocks at low tide, not common,
Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range : Cooks Inlet,
Alaska, to Magdalena Bay, Lower Calif. Extended range : About
100 miles westward.

Euspira monterona (Dall). Dredged 10 fathoms, Brier Bay,
Knight Island, Alaska. Former range : Arctic Ocean to Aleutian
Islands. Extended range : About 600 miles eastward.

Mopalia ciliata (Sowb.). Under rocks, Izhut Bay, Afognak
Island, Alaska. Former range : Vancouver Island, B. C, to Lower
Calif. Extended range : About 900 miles northwestward.

Mopalia sinuata (Cpr.). Dredged 25 fathoms, on stones, Drier
Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range: Forrester Island,
Alaska, to San Francisco, Calif. Extended range: About 700
miles northward.

Buccinum angulosum (Gray). Washed on sandy beach, 1
specimen, Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range:
Bernard Harbor, Arctic Coast, west to Point Barrow and south
as far as Bering Strait. Extended range : About 700 miles south-
ward and eastward.

124 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

Acmaea limatula (Cpr.). Between tides, on rocks, common,
Newport, Oregon. Former range : Crescent City, Calif., to Cerros
Island and Socorro Island. Extended range : About 400 miles
northward.

Acmaea scutum cribraria (Cpr.). Venice, Calif. Former
range: Neah Bay, Wash., to Santa Barbara, Calif. Extended
range : Southward.

Acmaea digitalis umbonata (Reeve). San Pedro, Calif., on the
breakwater. Former range: Saginaw Bay, Alaska. Extended
range : About 2300 miles southward.

Acmaea peramabilis (Dall). Drier Bay, Alaska, Sand Point,
Shumagin Islands, Alaska, on granite rocks and stones, very
sparingly distributed. Former range : Shumagin Islands, Alaska,
on granite rocks only. Extended range : About 600 miles east-
ward.

Phytia setifer (Cpr.). San Pedro Bay, Calif. Former range:
Humbolt Bay to San Francisco Bay, Calif. Extended range : Sev-
eral hundred miles southward.

Crepidula onyx Sowerby. Dredged, Sitkalidak Island, also
Prince "William Sound. Former range: Monterey, Calif., to
Panama. Extended range : About 2500 miles northward.

Thais emarginata projecta Dall. On cobble stones at low tide,
Zenith, "Wash. Former range : Sitka, Alaska. Extended range :
About 700 miles southward.

Thais lamellosa hormica Dall. On reefs at low tide, Port
Orchard, Kitsap County, Wash. Former range: Inner Harbor
of Sitka. Extended range : About 700 miles southward.

Buccinum castaneum triplostephanum Dall. Dredged, Sitka-
lidak Island, Alaska. Former range: Kyska and Amchitka
Islands, Aleutians. Extended range : About 1000 miles eastward.

Cerithiopsis frazeri Bartsch. Feeding on sponges. Three
Saints ' Bay, Kodiak Island, Alaska.

Turbonilla taylori Dall and Bartsch. Dredged 15 fathoms,
shelly bottom, Sawmill Bay, Prince William Sound, Alaska.
Former range: Port Simpson to Vancouver Island, B. C. Ex-
tended range : About 900 miles northward.

Panomya norvegica turgida Dall. One specimen, sandy beach,
Sitkalidak Island, Alaska. Former range: Unalaska to the

April, 1938] the nautilus 125

Shumagin Islands. Extended range : About 200 miles northeast-
ward.

Pecten jordani Arnold. One specimen, dredged, Izhut Bay,
Af ognak Island, Alaska. Former range : Puget Sound and Strait
of Georgia. Extended range : About 1200 miles northwestward.

Pecten islandicus pugetensis Oldroyd. Ten fathoms, shelly
bottom, Hinchinbrook Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former
range: San Juan Island. Extended range: About 1000 miles
northward.

Astarte arctica Gray. Fifteen fathoms, muddy bottom, Hin-
chinbrook Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former range: Cir-
cumboreal, Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands. Extended range :
About 600 miles eastward.

Macoma yoldiformis Cpr. Dredged, muddy bottom, Hinchin-
brook Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg) . Former range : Fuca Strait
to San Diego, Calif. Extended range : About 1000 miles north-
ward.

Macoma quadrans Dall. Dredged, Hinchinbrook Island,
Alaska (coll. I. Norberg). Former range: Boca de Quadra
Island, Alaska, south to the Coronado Islands, Calif. Extended
range : About 500 miles northward.

Macoma inquinata arnheimi Dall. Sandy beach, Unalaska
Island, Aleutians. Former range: Kodiak Island, Alaska, and
south to San Francisco; also Pleistocene of San Pedro, Calif.
Extended range : Westward about 500 miles.

Colus (Aulacofusus) georgianus Dall. Dredged, fifteen fath-
oms, Chichagof Island (coll. I. Norberg). Former range: Strait
of Georgia, B. C. Extended range : Northward about 800 miles.

Chrysodomus vinosus Dall. Dredged, Gulf of Peter the Great
near Vladivostok, Siberia. Former range : Western Bering Sea
and Avaeha Bay, sixteen fathoms. Extended range : Southward
about 1200 miles.

Liomesus ooides (Midd.). In beach drift, False Pass, Unimak
Island. Former range: Okhotsk Sea, also Pleistocene of Yesso
(Hokkaido), Japan. Extended range: About 1500 miles west-
ward.

Buccinum angulosum transliratum Dall. In beach drift, Sitka-
lidak Island, Alaska. Former range: Point Barrow and south-

126 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

ward to Bristol Bay. Extended range: Southward about 400
miles.

Turbonilla eyerdami Bartsch. Dredged, Hinchinbrook Island,
Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former range: Drier Bay, Knight
Island, Prince William Sound (Type locality).

Betusa pertenuis Mighels. On eelgrass roots, Hinchinbrook
Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former range: Arctic Ocean,
Bering Sea (Krause), also Atlantic Ocean. Extended range:
About 1000 miles southward.

NEW LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA FROM

THE UPPER PLIOCENE OF KANSAS AND A

NEW SPECIES OF GYRAULUS FROM

EARLY PLEISTOCENE STRATA

BY FEANK C. BAKER

Pliocene Mollusca from freshwater deposits in the middle west
are apparently rare. Henderson (Fossil Non-marine Mollusca
of North America) does not list a single locality from this region
and none has come under the writer's observation. It is with
great satisfaction, therefore, that it is now possible to describe
a rather large fauna of both land and freshwater species from
Meade County, Kansas. The entire fauna will be treated in
detail in a later paper. The deposit occurs 90 feet beneath the
surface in a clay bed with lenses of sand, the fauna being in the
clay. The deposit contained a large vertebrate fauna which will
be described in due course of time. The material was collected
by Mr. Claude W. Hibbard, Assistant Curator of Vertebrate
Paleontology in the Dyche Museum of Natural History of the
University of Kansas. Four apparently new species were ob-
served which are diagnosed in this paper. My thanks are due
Mr. Hibbard for the opportunity of studying this fauna.

Vertigo hibbardi n. sp. — The shell has 5 whorls and is very
ventricose over the body whorl. The sutures are impressed, the
apex is obtuse and bluntly rounded. There is a conspicuous crest
behind the outer lip, behind which are two pits showing the posi-
tion of the palatal laminae. The body whorl is flattened laterally
and the base of the shell is trumpet-shaped when viewed from

April, 1938] the nautilus 127

below. Base subumbilicate. Aperture more than half the
length of the last whorl, the lips expanding outward. Outer lip
biareuate. Lamellae and plications 7 in number. The angular
and parietal lamellae are long and extend some distance within
the aperture, the angular emerging further than the parietal, the
parietal curving spirally inward toward the left. Columellar
lamella large and conspicuous, curving backward toward the base
of the shell. The lower palatal fold is stout, nearly straight and
somewhat flattened on top. The upper palatal is stout, high and
lamellar and curves downward toward the lower palatal. Both
palatal folds rest in front on a rounded callus and they terminate
abruptly at an equal distance within the aperture and both in-
crease in height as they extend backward. There is a strong,
curved basal fold and a strong tubercular suprapalatal fold.
Length 1.9 ; diameter 1.2 mm. Holotype.
2.1 " 1.3 mm. Paratype.

" 2.0 " 1.3 mm. Paratype.

Holotype and paratypes, Museum of Natural History, Univer-
sity of Illinois, No. P6773. Paratypes, Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 169883.

Vertigo hiboardi belongs to the group Angustula, apparently,
as evidenced by the development of the palatal folds. It is much
larger than Vertigo milium (Gould) and is very different in shape
and size. It is totally unlike any described American species. It
is named in honor of Mr. Claude W. Hibbard who collected the
material.

Strobilops sparsicostata n. sp. — Shell broadly conic with
somewhat elevated, dome-shaped spire. Whorls 5^, the first 1^
smooth, the balance sculptured with distinct ribs, widely spaced,
with frequently a faint riblet between. The umbilicus is con-
tained about seven times in the diameter of the shell. Last whorl
decidedly angular, the base of the shell smooth or with occasional
faint riblets extending over it from the dorsal surface. Aperture
with expanded, thickened peristome and a heavy palatal callus.
There is a very heavy parietal lamella emerging to the edge of
the callus and a weak infraparietal lamella which emerges within
the aperture almost to the parietal callus in some specimens.
This is often not developed outside of the aperture. The parietal
lamella penetrates within the aperture more than three-fourths of
a whorl. Half a whorl within the aperture there is a short, stout
lamella on the axis. There are five baso-parietal folds, the first
two basal folds are large and heavy, the first kidney-shaped, the
second larger and lamellar, erect. The other three folds are low,
rather long and curved. All basal folds are arranged radially.

128 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

Height 2.0; diameter 2.7 mm. Holotype.

2.2 " 2.5 mm. Paratype.

2.0 " 2.6 mm. Paratype.

2.0 " 2.8 mm. Paratype.

Holotype and Paratypes, Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. 111., No.
P6774 ; Paratypes, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., No. 169886.

Strobilops sparsicostata is related to 8. texasiana P. & F. but
differs from that species in having a more angular periphery, the
costae more widely separated and not as heavy, and an almost
smooth base which is distinctly costate in texasiana. The parietal
lamella is also heavier. The arrangement of the baso-palatal
folds is similar. The fossil form might be considered a race of
texasiana, possibly ancestral, but in the light of our present im-
perfect knowledge of the geological distribution of this group in
America it seems best to consider it a distinct species.

Carychium perexiguum n. sp. — Shell shorter and more solid
than that of exiguum, the sutures more deeply impressed and
whorls rounder, sometimes shouldered at the upper part. Whorls
5, the apical whorls somewhat smaller than in exiguum. Aper-
ture a trifle more than one third of the length of the shell. Mar-
gin of aperture with thickened, callus-like lip extending basally
to the parietal callus, which is well marked. There is a con-
spicuous callosity just above the middle of the outer lip. Umbili-
cal region closed by the thickened basal lip. Lamella on columella
conspicuous, tubercular, the fold extending upward spirally within
the whorls much as in exiguum but it is narrower and bent
upward over the axis in front. Lower lamella inconspicuous but
heavier than in exiguum.

Length 1.8 ; diameter 8.5 mm. Holotype.

" 1.5 " 9.0 mm. Paratype.

1.5 " 8.0 mm. Paratype.

" 1.6 " 8.0 mm. Paratype.

Holotype and Paratypes, Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. 111., No. P6776 ;
Paratypes, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., No. 169885.

Carychium perexiguum is related to exiguum, having much the
same form of shell and arrangement of lamellae. The shorter
shell, heavier lip, and the upward bending columellar lamella
will distinguish it from the recent species. As far as known to
the writer this is the first record of Carychium from Tertiary
strata. The genus occurs in many Pleistocene formations.

April, 1938] the nautilus 129

Menetus kansasensis n. sp. — Shell lenticular as in M. exacuous
(Say). Periphery carinate with a 'pinched' border as M. a.
megas (Dall). Whorls 3£. Umbilicus wide, shallow, the whorls
rounding into it. Sculpture consisting of more or less regularly
spaced ribs extending from the suture in a backward curve to and
over the periphery to the base and into the umbilicus. The ribs
may be equally spaced, with strong growth lines between, or they
may be so crowded together as to form a continuous series of ribs
without intervening spaces. The surface above and below is cov-
ered with strong spiral lines.
Length 1.0; diameter 5.0 mm. Holotype.
0.8 " 4.0 mm. Paratype.

" 1.0 " 4.0 mm. Paratype.
0.8 " 3.5 mm. Paratype.

Holotype and Paratypes, Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. 111., No. P6778 ;
Paratypes Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., No. 169884.

Menetus kansasensis is related to the common M. exacuous and
especially the form megas with the pinched periphery. It differs
from this species in the presence of the ribbed sculpture. The
genus Menetus is known from the Tertiary of North America,
principally in strata in Oregon and California, but it has not
before been reported from the Tertiary of the middle west. The
genus is common in Pleistocene deposits.

Gyraulus pattersoni n. sp. — Shell completely discoidal, flat
on upper and lower sides (right and left) ; periphery flattened
and almost as high as the height of the shell, a rounded angle
bordering the body whorl above and below; whorls 3|, slowly
and regularly increasing in diameter ; sutures well impressed ;
sculpture consisting of fine lines of growth crossed by fine spiral
lines; on the nucleus only the spiral lines are developed, the
growth lines beginning at about a fourth of the turn of the first
whorl ; aperture not expanded, wider than high, roundly flattened
at the upper part (the shell is ultra dextral), almost horizontal at
the lower part, without peripheral callus; the peristome is thick-
ened in adult specimens.

Height .50; diameter 2.10; aperture height .45; diameter .35
mm. Holotype.

Height .50; diameter 2.00; aperture height .45; diameter .35
mm. Paratype.

Height .50; diameter 1.90; aperture height .40; diameter .40
mm. Paratype.

Locality: Six miles north of Ainsworth, Brown County,
Nebraska. Horizon: Early Pleistocene, most probably the

130 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

Aftonian interglacial interval. Types: Holotype, Field Museum
of Natural History, No. P26128, Paratopes, No. P26129. Para-
types: Museum of Natural History, University of Illinois, No.
P6778 ; Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, No. 169948.

Gyraulus patter soni is unlike any species of Gyraulus known
in America, recent or fossil, easily distinguished by its disc-like
shell, with its flat base and spire, and by the very flat-sided whorls.
More material of this species is desirable.

Dr. Bryan Patterson, of the Geology Department of the Field
Museum of Natural History, has placed in the hands of the author
material from a marl deposit occurring in Brown County,
Nebraska, which is of more than usual interest because of its
association with a deposit containing vertebrate remains. The
marl bed is seven feet four inches in thickness and underlies
deposits of sand, clay, and gravel 18 ft. 10 in. in thickness. A
part of the upper layers are believed to represent material from
the Kansan ice which was about 100 miles east of the locality from
which the fossils came. A lobe of the Wisconsin ice also extended
southward to the junction of the Missouri and Niobrara rivers
and the upper layers probably represent sediment from the ice
at this point. A layer of cross-bedded sand and gravel 2 ft. 4 in.
in thickness beneath the top soil may represent floods from the
Wisconsin ice. The presence of Menetus kansasensis, a species
known from Upper Pliocene deposits in Kansas, and also from
early Pleistocene deposits of that state, suggests that the marl bed
near Ainsworth is of Aftonian age.

The fauna from this and one other locality nearby contains
the following species:

Valvata lewisi helicoidea Dall. Small form.

Stagnicola cf reflexa (Say). Fragments and young shells.

Stagnicola caperata (Say). Mostly immature.

Physa species, young and fragments.

Physa species, young of small, narrow species.

Menetus kansasensis F. C. Baker. Much variation in sculpture.

Menetus umbilicatellus (Ckll.). Mostly immature.

Gyraulus altissimus (F. C. Baker). Mostly immature.

Gyraulus pattersoni F. C. Baker. Apparently rare.

Gastrocopta cristata Pilsbry & Vanatta. Only one specimen.

Vertigo ovata Say. Several specimens.

April, 1938] the nautilus 131

From a locality about two miles west of the above section the
following species were collected. These are probably from the
same horizon.

Pisidium species.

Lymnaea cf stagnalis jugularis Say. Fragments.

Stagnicola species, immature possibly undescribed.

Stagnicola species, immature and broken specimens.

Fossaria dalli grandis F. C. Baker. Rare.

Menetus kansasensis F. C. Baker.

Gyraulus altissimus (F. C. Baker). Mostly immature.

Gastrocopta tappaniana (C. B. Adams). One specimen.

A NEW ANGUISPIRA FROM KENTUCKY

BY LESLIE HUBRICHT

Anguispiba rugoderma n. sp.

Shell similar in general form and color to Anguispira alternate/,
(Say), but larger. "Whorls 5.5 to 6, periphery rounded in adults,
subangulate when young. Body-whorl with about 14 strong ribs
to the cm., which extend over the periphery and into the umbili-
cus. Under a hand-lens the epidermis of A. alternata shows very
fine wrinkles ; in this species the wrinkles are quite conspicuous.

Holotype : Whorls 5.9 ; gr. diam. 25.0 ; less. diam. 22.5 ; height

14.0 mm.
Paratype: Whorls 5.7; gr. diam. 23.5; less. diam. 21.0; height

12.5 mm.
Paratype: Whorls 4.1; gr. diam. 10.0; less. diam. 9.0; height

5.5 mm.

Type locality: Under logs in well developed, second-growth,
deciduous forest, lower half of the north side of Pine Mountain,
5.6 miles east of Pineville, Bell Co., Kentucky. Collected by the
author. Holotype No. 169882, Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia ; paratypes No. A3892, author 's collection.

The largest specimen of a variety of A. alternata found with
this species measured : Whorls 5.5 ; gr. diam. 19.0 ; less. diam. 16.0 ;
height 10.0 mm.

3RARY

132 THE NAUTILUS [ VOL. 51 (4)

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF HELIX LACTEA
MULLER IN NORTH AMERICA

BY HENEY VAN DER SCHALIE

In the course of some studies of the Naiades of the Ogeechee
River in northeastern Georgia, Dr. E. P. Creaser called my at-
tention to the fact that an unusual land shell inhabited Cockspur
Island, a small island located in the mouth of the Savannah River.
Upon investigation the species was found to be Helix lactea
Miiller. According to Mr. W. J. Clench credit for the discovery
of this exotic species should go to Mr. A. J. Nitzsche who sent
specimens to him a long time ago. Although Mr. Clench intended
to publish a note regarding this discovery, he has kindly submitted
what information was available for this account.

The question as to how Helix lactea became established on Cock-
spur Island cannot be answered with any degree of certainty. Dr.
Creaser suggested that this species might have carried from its
normal haunts in the western Mediterranean by ships which tem-
porarily stopped at Cockspur Island to deposit stone carried as
ballast before these ships proceeded to the river-port of Savannah
where they took on their load. This suggested origin has some
degree of likelihood, particularly since piles of such ballast are
still found much in evidence on the island.

At present the species is prospering well on the vegetation sur-
rounding the old, historic Fort Pulaski which commands a promi-
nent position on the island. We found lactea confined to the yucca
or Spanish bayonet (Yucca sp.). At the time the collection was
made a drizzling rain was falling and active specimens were found
moving about on the leaves of the yucca. Those not active were
found clustered near the bases of the leaves.

Another colony of Helix lactea was reported in 1931 by Mr.
Wm. G. Fargo who found them in the region of his home at Pass-
a-Grille, Florida. In this case we are more fortunate in learning
something about the origin of the colony. Mr. Fargo reports
that the snails were introduced by the owner of a curio shop in
Pass-a-Grille, who imported them from Morocco along with other
snails. The snails were scattered around on Long Key, on which
Pass-a-Grille is located, and also on two smaller keys, Mud Key

April, 1938] the nautilus 133

and Cabbage Key, which are eastward across Boca Ciega Bay (cf.
Henderson, Nautilus 50: 72).

The acclimatization of H. lactea on these three keys as here re-
ported by Mr. Fargo is of interest. Evidently Mud Key is little
more than a mangrove bar and the snails did not prosper there.
On Cabbage Key they did well for a time while feeding on castor
bean (Ricinus communis L.) foliage. This island was later
abandoned by its tenant, the castor beans were destroyed, and
subsequently Mr. Fargo noted that he was no longer able to find
H. lactea there. On Long Key this species is now fairly common.
Here it is found on papayas (Carica Papaya L.) and mostly on a
large, coarse lily which is locally called "milk and wine lily." On
inquiry Mr. Fargo was informed by a reliable nursery in St.
Petersburg that this lily was Crinum Kirki. Species of Crinum
are so numerous in cultivation that it is hazardous to attempt any
indication of species here. The depredations of H. lactea in feed-
ing on these lilies have caused the inhabitants of Pass-a-Grille to
consider the snail a nuisance.

The above information leads us to believe that H. lactea is at
present confined to but two localities in North America. The fact
that a considerable area extends between these points as a potential
range for this species should not be overlooked. On the basis of
what is known of H. lactea in its native haunts we can safely
assume that it does well where the yucca thrives. But we now
have evidence that it will adapt itself to feeding on other foods,
such as the castor bean and certain species of Crinum, as men-
tioned above. K. H. Jones (Journ. Conch. IX, 1900, pp. 368)
reports that H. lactea in its normal range is preyed upon by
parasitic diptera and coleoptera which deposit their eggs in this'
snail. One might well raise the question as to what the future
history of H. lactea will be in North America where it may not be
held in check by its predators and where there may be a wide
variety of foods to which it can adapt itself.

George W. Tryon (Manual Conch., Vol. 4, 1888, p. 130) gives
the distribution of Helix lactea as : ' ' Spain, Canary Islands, North
Africa; introduced into Cuba, Buenos Ayres and other Spanish
colonies." In substantiation of the West Indian records, Mr.
W. J. Clench informs me that there are specimens in the M. C. Z.

134 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

collection from Jamaica and Cuba. Unfortunately, neither of
these collections have specific locality data. The labels do indicate,
however, that this species was definitely introduced into those
islands, but whether it is still living there is uncertain. When we
consider that lactea normally ranges through the region of Gibral-
tar, a great cross-road in the commerce of the world, the potential
passive distribution of this species becomes tremendous.

REMARKS ON SOME OF DR. PAUL BARTSCH'S
EXPERIMENTS

BY HENRY VAN DEE SCHALIE

In the recent report of Dr. Paul Bartsch at the Seventh Annual
Meeting of the American Malacological Union, results on some
experimental breeding of Goniobasis in cages placed at stations
in the Potomac River were of considerable interest. These breed-
ing experiments were virtually a failure due to unusual silting
conditions. However, an unexpected discovery was made. To
quote the article : ' ' Greatly to the surprise of the experimenters
in one of the cages specimens of Anodonta cataracta Say were
found with eight annulations, one measuring 66.2 mm. in length,
40.0 mm. high and with a diameter of 19.3 mm. This would indi-
cate that annulations must not be taken as an indication of year
marks. ' '

In this quotation it is clearly stated that "annulations must
not be taken as an indication of year marks. ' ' If this is true we
are faced with a major problem since much of the better work
with mussels in the past has been based on methods which use
annual rings in the determination of age. Since Dr. Bartsch has
raised this question, it would be highly desirable for him to supply
us with experimental data sufficient to disprove the work of
Hessing, Rubbel, Coker, Isely, Chamberlain and others. Their
investigations have clearly indicated that age in mussels can be
determined by annual rings.

An analysis of Dr. Bartsch 's work shows that there may be an
explanation for the results he obtained. In the first place, his
experimental work was not carefully checked since he visited his
stations only once in ten months. Furthermore, he will learn, if

April, 1938] the nautilus 135

lie considers some of the publications of men referred to above,
that one must differentiate between annual rings and lesser
growth-rests which are produced with a temporary cessation in
growth due to unfavorable circumstances. In a species such as
Anodonta cataracta Say, shell growth may be very rapid when
the animal lives under favorable conditions. During such rapid
growth, disturbances of the animal may be registered on the shell
as growth-rests. If Dr. Bartsch is unable to interpret properly
his experimental results, the burden of disproving earlier work
rests with him.

A NEW SPECIES OF POLYGYRA FROM THE GREAT
SMOKY MOUNTAINS, NORTH CAROLINA

BY ALLAN F. AECHER

Polygyra (Mesodon) jonesiana, new species. Plate 10, fig. 6.

Description. — Shell rather small, imperforate, rather solid, sub-
globose, concave in the umbilical region, dull and faintly hirsute.
Color light chestnut ; nuclear whorl eroded, dirty white. Parietal
lamella white ; peristome white edged with a faint reddish brown.
Whorls, 5^, gradually increasing; gently convex; nuclear whorl
nearly flat. Suture impressed throughout. Body whorl gently
bulging behind the peristome ; area immediately behind the peri-
stome deeply impressed. Aperture oblique, lunate. Peristome
rather narrow except in the basal area, reflected ; edge of peristome
rather sharp ; surface of peristome dished and concave directly
above the anal sinus; the rest of the surface convex. Outer
denticle present in the form of a slight, rounded boss; basal
denticle, a faint curve inwards towards the parietal wall, and
nearly continuous with the thickened, undifferentiated rim of the
basal peristome. Parietal lamella rather prominent, slightly
curved, and robust; the proximal portion of the lamella much
more elongated than the distal portion. The umbilical region
covered by a broad callus, rather impressed. The nuclear whorl
and the two succeeding whorls covered with faint, irregular, axial
riblets. The fourth whorl and the body whorl covered with rather
widely spaced axial riblets which tend to become faint below the
periphery in the region just above the parietal callus. From
about the third whorl onwards to the groove behind the peristome
the shell covered with spirally disposed longitudinal pits sur-
mounted by cuticular laminae; these laminae in a staggered ar-
rangement. The entire surface of the peristome, parietal lamella,

136 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

and parietal callus covered with very closely set and very fine
beading. Holotype : height 7.5 mm. ; greater diameter 12.8 mm. ;
aperture 3x5. Paratypes : height 8.5 ; greater diameter 13-13.5 ;
aperture (of one mature specimen) 3x5 mm.

Holotype.— A. N. S. P., no. 169583, 4800 feet elevation, near
New Found Gap, Swain County, North Carolina, 2£ miles south
of Mount LeConte. Three paratypes from the same locality.
A. F. Archer collector, September 8, 1937.

Remarks. — This species belongs somewhere between P. clarkii
and P. christyi, but is nearer the former. It differs from clarkii
in the following respects: The peristome is proportionately nar-
rower ; the basal denticle is less angular ; the upper denticle, absent
in clarkii, is faintly represented in this species; the surface is
covered with spiral laminae, absent in clarkii; the spire is not
elevated, as in clarkii, and there is at least one less whorl. Be-
sides its much smaller size P. christyi has no denticles, lacks the
cuticular laminae, and has at least one half less whorl, thus con-
trasting with jonesiana in these respects. P. suopalliata, although
hirsute like jonesiana, has the hairs arranged as zigzag, continu-
ous, axial laminae; it has a flatter spire and one less whorl; it
lacks the upper denticle, and the surface of its peristome is flat-
tened instead of being convex ; the inner rim of the basal peristome
is narrow and bordered by an indented groove.

It is unfortunate that only three specimens of this rare and
apparently endemic species are available for diagnosis. I found
all three specimens in a very limited area during a field trip in
company with H. E. Wheeler. Possibly the seasonal conditions
were unfavorable for finding this snail alive. One of the adults
was freshly dead, but the soft parts were already disintegrated,
and were consequently not available for dissection.

This species is named for Dr. Walter B. Jones, of the Alabama
Geological Survey, who has always shown great interest in the
geological and biological work in the southeastern United States.

Habitat. — This snail inhabits the birch-beech-maple-hemlock
forest of the higher elevations. Characteristic trees are Tsuga
canadensis, Betula lutea, Acer rubrum, A. spicata, Fagus grandi-
folia. P. jonesi does not occur in the talus of massive, moss-
covered rocks of the Polygyra ferrissii zone, but instead lives in

April, 1938] the nautilus 137

the humus zone. Its habitat is under the top layer of leaves and
hemlock spills, or under bark and logs in a cover of fallen limbs
and twigs.

NOTES ON HYGROMIA STRIOLATA (PFR.) AT
TORONTO, CANADA

BY JOHN OUGHTON
Eoyal Ontario Museum of Zoology

This European land snail, also known under the names Helix
rufescens (Penn.), Fruticola rufescens (Penn.) and Trichia strio-
lata (Pfr.) has for many years been established at Quebec City.
(J. F. Whiteaves, "On the land and fresh water mollusca of Lower
Canada," Can. Nat. & Geol. 6 : 452, 1861). A colony of this same
species has been recently discovered at Ottawa by Mr. G. E. Fair-
bairn. (Can. Field-Nat. in press). Mr. A. LaRocque kindly
pointed out to me that Justice F. R. Latchford (Ottawa Nat. 7:
132, 1893) many years ago secured a batch of this species from
Quebec City and liberated them in Ottawa. However, Mr.
LaRocque considers that the existing Ottawa colony has probably
been derived from some other source.

The purpose of the present paper is to record the occurrence
of Hygromia striolata at Toronto, to suggest its probable source,
to indicate its present extent and abundance and finally to men-
tion some observations, chiefly on the pigmentation of shell and
mantle.

I am indebted for assistance to Professor J. R. Dymond, Mr.
A. LaRocque and my wife.

Occurrence. — The Toronto colony was discovered by my wife
and myself in November, 1937. H. striolata has apparently lived
unnoticed for several years here. Such neglect is not strange, as
the species is confined to a small extent of waste land. However,
it is possible that it has been noticed before, but under the wrong
name. Thus Robertson ("Mollusca" in Natural History of the
Toronto Region, 1913, p. 289) lists " Gastradonta ligera Say" for
the Toronto region — an unlikely record which has never been
authenticated. His G. ligera was based, I believe, either on H.
striolata or on an immature specimen of some Polygyra.

138 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

Probable Source. — Mr. E. V. Rippon has informed the author
that in August, 1894, he imported a shipment of between 65 and
90 living snails, comprising Cepaea nemoralis (L.) and C. hort en-
sis (Mull). He obtained these from Upper Norwood (Crystal
Palace), Kent, England, and liberated them in Rosedale Valley-
Drive, Toronto, near the Huntley and Sherbourne St. bridges.
The two bridges just mentioned mark the extent where H. strio-
lata now abounds.

Thus, circumstantial evidence points to the strong probability
that the Toronto colony of H. striolata came from a few individ-
uals accidentally introduced with some intended settlers (Helix
nemoralis and H. hortensis). Incidentally, the stock of the lat-
ter two species seems to have perished utterly in this vicinity.

Extent. — A fair amount of mollusk collecting has been done
around Toronto during the past few years. However, Hygromia
striolata has been discovered only in the single station — Rosedale
Valley Drive, a small ravine, situated fifteen minutes walk from
the Royal Ontario Museum. The snail under consideration has
a very small range in this ravine. It occurs in abundance from
the Huntley St. bridge to the Sherbourne St. bridge (a distance
of about two hundred yards). A few individuals were found
extending another two hundred yards eastwards to the Glen Road
bridge. An intensive search in suitable locations to the east and
west of the above limits revealed no further specimens.

Abundance. — In a few spots, a very high number was found.
The highest population was that occupying a matted mass of vines
50 yards east of Huntley Street, on the south side of the road.
Here, in an area of 12 square feet, 612 adults, 202 young and 50
dead shells were collected in twenty-five minutes. This figure may
be too low by one or two hundred, since no special sifting tech-
nique was employed to secure the young individuals. The aver-
age population for the entire range, however, was much lower and
probably was not over ten or twenty per square foot.

Observations on Pigmentation of Mantle and Shells. — In size,
shape and color, the shell of the Toronto specimens resembles
closely those from Quebec City and Ottawa. This opinion is
based on small series at hand from these two latter localities,
received from Mr. LaRocque and Mr. Fairbairn.

April, 1938]

THE NAUTILUS

139

The living specimens may be separated fairly readily into
"light" and "dark" groups, representing one-third and two-
thirds respectively of the total population. This difference in
shade is due chiefly to the amount of pigment in the mantle. In
the "light" group, there are scattered blotches of brownish or
black pigment, while in the "dark" group there is usually solid
black. This divergence in shade is strikingly displayed by com-
paring the preserved extracted animals of the two groups side by
side. Pigmentation in the cleaned shell itself partially accounts
for the appearance of the living snail — the "dark" group having
on the average a slightly darker shell.

This information is tabulated below :

Animal

Shell

Series

Bed-Brown

Brown

White

Totals

No.

I
II

Dark (64%)
Light (36%)

Dark (68%)
Light (32%)

7
0

8
0

2
0

7
0

351

201

103
46

91
92

88
85

28
18

7
8

5
15

a. Both the above series were collected at random, i.e., care was
taken to extract every specimen from a given area, regardless of
color or shade.

b. Series I is the large collection (less the immature and 7 adult
shells accidentally destroyed in cleaning) made on the south side
of the road, 50 yards east of Huntley Street. It was obtained
from an area of 12 square feet.

Series II is an amalgamated collection accruing from several
small areas within a rectangle (25 yards x 10 yards) which was
chosen on the north side of the road about 100 yards east of Hunt-
ley St.

c. All these shells referred to above and a large part of the
extracted animals are preserved in the collections of the Royal
Ontario Museum of Zoology for future reference.

d. Some of the varietal names proposed for this European snail
appear to be applicable to the above color phases of the shells
(Ellis, "British Snails," p. 210, 1926).

140 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

My "red brown" = "var. rub ens" Moquin-Tandon.
"white" = "var. alba"

"brown" = "var. albocincta" Cockerell, chiefly.

Miscellaneous. — I. Habitat: H. striolata dwells in waste ground,
in open woods, under decaying leaves, sticks and matted vegeta-
tion; chiefly on the flats: less on the hillside. 2. Habits: Twice
on cool rainy days the snails have been observed crawling over
fallen leaves. Once we saw a few individuals climbing up the
trunk of a willow tree to a height of three or four feet.

3. Molluscan Associates.

Common: Arion circumscriptus Johnston, Deroceras agreste
(L.), Cochlicopa lubrica (Mull.), Gonyodiscus cronkhitei anthonyi
Pils., Vallonia pulchella (Mull.), Vallonia costata (Mull.).

Scarce: Oxychilus cellarius (Mull.), Deroceras campestre
(Say) ?, Zonitoides nitida (Mull.) ?.

ADDITIONAL DATA ON COPIES OF SAY'S
AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY

BY H. E. WHEELER

Recently located copies of Say's American Conchology are as
follows. The author requests detailed report on any other copies
that may be in public or private libraries.

A copy is reported in the Library of Dr. L. C. Glenn, Vander-
bilt University, which contains all the parts, but lacks the Glos-
sary. It was not stated whether this copy has the original covers.

There is a copy in the Library of Charleston, S. C, Museum,
which contains six parts and covers to all parts except the 5th.
This copy originally belonged to Dr. Edmund Ravenel. There
is a letter in the Library from Thomas Say to Dr. Ravenel enquir-
ing whether he had received part 5 and the Glossary, but the
Glossary is not with the copy now.

There is also a copy in the Cornell University Library which
was purchased in 1897. Parts 6 and 7 are missing, also the
Glossary. When this copy was bound by the Library the origi-
nal covers were not preserved.

Data on a copy in University of Colorado Museum Library were
given by Prof. Hugo G. Rodeck in the January Nautilus, p. 108.

April, 1938] the nautilus 141

Dr. W. Adam communicates the following : It may be of inter-
est to record the presence of two copies of Say's "American Con-
chology" in the library of the Musee Royal d'Histoire Naturelle
de Belgique. The first copy contains 5 parts and the Glossary
which are bound in one volume. The covers are missing. The
50 plates are in excellent condition but several pages are age-
stained. The copy bears the signature of H. Nyst and the price
indication: 36 francs. The second copy is in the library of the
late Ph. Dautzenberg. Dautzenberg 's collection and library were
transferred to our Museum after his death. This copy contains
the 7 parts but the Glossary is missing. The 7 complete parts
with the covers intact (only the last cover is missing) are bound
in one volume. Although some of the pages are age-stained, the
copy is in excellent condition. On the last page it contains the
following remark written with pencil : ' ' ouvrage tres rare, com-
plet," and as price indication, 125 (probably French francs).

It may be worth noticing that in 1875 a French translation of
the first 5 parts appeared in Chenu's ' ' Bibliotheque conchyliolo-
gique," premiere serie — Tome III. In this translation the figures
of the 50 plates have been reproduced on 17 uncolored plates.

DR. EMMET RIXFORD

Dr. Rixford of San Francisco died January 2, following an
operation. He would have been 73 on February 14. Although
he was one of the most eminent surgeons of the West Coast, in
active practice up to within a few weeks of his death, Dr. Rix-
ford found time for active interest in several hobbies, horticul-
ture, yachting, mountain climbing and collecting mollusks. He
was considered an authority on roses, and served at one time as
commodore of the San Francisco yacht fleet. He was a com-
panion of Dr. David Starr Jordan on hiking trips. One of the
high peaks of the Sierra is named Mount Rixford in his honor.

He was an excellent land shell collector, and in company with
Dr. Hanna discovered Polygyra penitens, Monadenia hirsuta and
collected many other interesting California snails. Micrarionta
rixfordi, a desert snail which he discovered, was named for him.
Some years ago he acquired the old A. W. Crawford collection
which he merged with his own.

142 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

ROBERT SWIFT

Through the kindness of Mr. A. F. Gray, the following obitu-
ary notice of Mr. Robert Swift was placed in my hands for our
records. It is a newspaper clipping, dated in Bland's hand-
writing, as July 13, 1872, and no doubt written by T. Bland.
Though his main collection is now in the Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia, most of the larger museum collections
contain shells collected by Mr. Swift. — W. J. Clench.

"Another gap in the ranks of American students and patrons
of natural history has been made by the death of Mr. Robert
Swift. This gentleman was born in Philadelphia in 1796, and
studied law for a short time in his native city, but subsequently
was engaged in mercantile affairs. In about the year 1824 he
went to Laguayra and several years later removed to Porto Ca-
bello, where he resided as agent of the Bolivar Mining Associa-
tion. In 1835 Mr. Swift established himself at St. Thomas, where
he continued in business as a merchant until his retirement in
1866, when he removed to Philadelphia; but finding the climate
unsuitable, returned to St. Thomas in October, 1867, remaining
there until his death, on the 5th of May, 1872, in the seventy-
seventh year of his age.

"Mr. Swift, at an early period of his residence in Venezuela,
acquired a taste for natural history, and commenced the collec-
tion and study of the mollusca, which he pursued with increasing
interest to the end of his life. In 1852 he became acquainted, in
the United States, with the late Professor C. B. Adams, who con-
templated another visit to the West Indies (he had already been
in Jamaica, and also at Panama), and invited by Mr. Swift, went
to St. Thomas as his guest, where he died in 1853.

"From that period, more especially, Mr. Swift became greatly
interested in the subject of the geographical distribution of the
mollusca in the West Indies. In correspondence with concholo-
gists in the islands and elsewhere, Mr. Swift, by purchase, ex-
change, and collecting personally, became possessed of an ex-
tremely valuable cabinet. Always, liberal and hospitable, he did
much to aid and encourage others of similar scientific tastes.

' ' His friend and intimate correspondent for upward of twenty
years, Mr. Thomas Bland, of New York, in his various publica-

April, 1938] the nautilus 143

tions on the geographical distribution of terrestrial mollusca in
the West Indies, gratefully acknowledges his obligations to Mr.
Swift.

"In March, 1863, Mr. Swift published a book of (marine)
"Researches of the Virgin Islands," and took great interest in
the preparation and publication, by his friend Mr. Henry Krebs,
of a catalogue of the marine shells of the West Indies. With the
view of better determining the ornithology of St. Thomas and
Porto Rico, Mr. Swift, about the year 1865, employed a native
collector in gathering an extensive series of specimens, which he
presented to the Smithsonian Institution, and which was made
the basis of a systematic report by Dr. Bryant, of Boston, who
himself subsequently fell a victim to his zeal for science in the
last-mentioned island.

"Mr. Swift was, we believe, a contributor to the fund raised
in his native city for the purchase, in behalf of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, of the Morton collection of skulls ;
and we learn that his valuable cabinet of shells, now the property
of his only daughter, will be by her presented to the same insti-
tution."

NOTES AND NEWS

Miss Carlotta Joaquina Maury, formerly paleontologist for
the Brazilian government and from 1912 to 1915 professor of
geology and zoology at the Huguenot College of the University
of the Cape of Good Hope, died on January 3 at the age of sixty-
four years.

Dimensions of Florida Chamas. — In a recent letter Mr. Frank
B. Lyman reports finding specimens larger than measurements
given in Nautilus for January of this year. Chama macero-
phylla, 80 mm. long ; C. sinuosa firma, over 100 mm. ; and Pseado-
chama radians variegata, many more than 70 mm. — H. A. P.

Editor Nautilus. Sir: — It is generally believed that fresh-
water molluscs like some other species wear away the front por-
tion of the radula and that it is constantly being replaced by
posterior rows of teeth, as is believed to occur in land species.

144 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 51 (4)

This contention has recently been disputed on the ground that the
food consists merely of microorganisms and there is not sufficient
evidence to show that the front portion comes into contact with
the food during feeding.1

Would any of your readers be able to observe such species as
Lymnaea feeding on the glass of an aquarium and isolate a speci-
men which possesses a distinctive row of teeth so that any change
which takes place may be noted as development proceeds? Only
in this way would it seem possible to decide whether there is any
wear and tear and constant replacement of the teeth. — F. Gordon
Cawston, Durban, South Africa.

Note on the range of Pecten caurinus Gould. — Three speci-
mens of Pecten caurinus were recently presented to the California
Academy of Sciences by Mr. G. H. Clark, of the Division of Fish
and Game of the State of California. These were obtained by
fishermen in 50 fathoms off Eureka, California, 9f miles S.W. by
W. \ W. of Humboldt Bar buoy, July 2, 1937. This is a southern
extension in range. The species has been collected by George
Willett as far north as Craig, Alaska, where it usually occurs in
the inside channels and around islands in 10 to 30 fathoms. This
is the most northerly record of the species in collections studied
by the author. The only record of a more northern occurrence
is that of " ' scallops over eight inches across ' " at Kayak Island
near Controller Bay, Alaska, mentioned in the diary of Georg
Wilhelm Steller, a member of the Russian expedition to America
commanded by Vitus Bering which stopped at Kayak Island in
1741. These shells were referred to Pecten caurinus by Stejneger.
(See A. Stejneger in Golder, Bering's Voyages, Amer. Geogr.
Soc. Research Ser. no. 2, 1925, p. 44, footnote.) — L. G. Hertlein.

Mr. Calvin Goodrich with Mrs. Goodrich have left Ann Arbor
for an extended tour from Cape Town to England.

i Cf. The Kadula of Lymnaea and Bulinus, Nautilus 41 : 141-142, 1928.

Vol. 51 JULY, 1937 No. 1

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUAETEELY
DEVOTED TO THE INTEEESTS OF CONCHOLOGIST&O/o0

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS :

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of MollusM^ { L I W *v * # V V
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia , ^ \

H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of ZoologyA?^ '

University of Pennsylvania \c£*>vyj*

CONTENTS

Cypraeidae from Christmas, Palmyra, Washington, and Fan-
ning Islands. By William Marcus Ingram 1

A New West American Cone. By Paul Bartsch 3

Notes on West Coast Epitoniidae. By A. M. Strong 4

The Fauna of the ' ' Champlain Sea ' ' of Vermont. By B. F.

Howell and Horace G. Richards 8

Some Notes on an Old Race of California Land Snail with
Descriptions of Three New Forms. By G. Dallas Hanna
and Allyn G. Smith 10

Notes" on Three Rare American Polygyra. By William J.

Clench 17

A New Variety of Bulimulus Dealbatus from Alabama. By

William J. Clench 18

Three New Species of Cerions from Long Island, Bahamas.

By William J. Clench 19

A New Pleistocene Race of Polygyra Appressa. By Frank

C. Baker 23

A New Bolivian Helicoid, Dinotropis Harringtoni. By H. A.

Pilsbry and T. D. A. Cockerell 24

A New Callistochiton from Lower California. By G. Willett 25

The Races and Allies of Pleurodonte Guadeloupensis. By

H. A. Pilsbry 26

Some Lesser Races of Monadenia Fidelis (Gray). By S.

Stillman Berry 28

Notes and News 33

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HOEACE B. BAKEE, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila-
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Reprints are furnished at printer 's rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6.00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers : 50 for $2.50 ; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100.

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Imogene C. Eobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,
Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including
three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.
Send your list to

Paul P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl'd, Detroit, Mich.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially Vols.
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

Prof. C. M. Steenberg, University of Copenhagen,

Norregade 10, Denmark

For Exchange: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to
me. Please send full list of duplicates when writing.

Miguel L. Jaume, Calle 6 No. 24^, Vedado-Habana, Cuba.

Wanted: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or
varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona,
Mexico, and South America.

F. C. Baker, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois,

Urbana, 111.
(Continued on p. Hi)

THE NAUTILUS 111

For Exchange: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and

tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to:

J. L. Staid, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.

For Exchange: Southern California shells. Please send list of duplicates
when writing. W. G. Lehmann,
Box 222, Corona del Mar, California, U. S. A.

WANTED TO PURCHASE

Private Collections of Recent Mollusca, that are of a scientific nature,
with full and definite localities. Will also purchase entire collections of
duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value
in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species,
land, fresh water, and marine from all parts of the world.

WALTER F. WEBB,
202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the
Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener,
Semper 's work on Philippine Shells, Mollusca of Mexico and Central America
and a hundred other vols, as well as several hundred authors separates, some
in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants.

WALTER F. WEBB
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS:

If you will send to me a Johnson check list with the specimens you espe-
cially desire checked off, or indicated, I will place your name on my "serve
in proper turn list." This will fix matters so that you may secure some
of the more rare species being turned up from time to time by The Frank
Lyman Family. Your check list will be promptly returned. Fifty per
cent discount is allowed to all Public Museums. No exchanges are made.
All specimens sent on approval. If your wants are few a letter stating
species desired will serve as well as a check list. Write today.

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

SPECIALIZING

On rare Florida sea shells. Public Museums allowed special discounts.
All collectors and museums furnished with the very rare specimens in their
proper turn as they appear on my lists for certain species. Write now.

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS

Descriptions of shore mollusks occurring from Maine to Texas together
with figures of practically every species including many from off shore sta-
tions. More than a thousand illustrations, including photographs and draw-
ings.

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled
in order of receipt. Address the author:

MAXWELL SMITH,
Lantana, Florida

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph
of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Department of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861

SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE

Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for
Reference and as Check-Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(Late SOWERBY & FULTON)

27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England

A General Index to THE NAUTILUS

This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by
Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant
Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400
pages. Price $5.00. Address all orders to

THE NAUTILUS

HORACE B. BAKER, Zool. Lab., University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pa.

Vol. 51 OCTOBER, 1937 No. 2

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTEEESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS :

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca,
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia

H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology,
University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

Aurinia Torrei, A New Cuban Volute. By H. A. Pilsbry 37

Notes on the Recent Spondylus of Florida. By Hugh C.
Fulton 38

A Dense Aggregation of Snails. By E. A. Andrews 39

Notes on "American Conchology" by Thomas Say, with
Special Reference to the Seventh Part Edited by T. A.
Conrad. By H. E. Wheeler 43

The Seasonal Life History of a Land Snail, Polygyra
Thyroidus (Say). By Harley J. Van Cleave and Thural
Dale Foster 50

A New Turbonilla from Monterey Bay, California. By A. M.
Strong 54

Some Land Mollusks of Three Counties in Eastern Ohio.
By A. F. Archer 55

A New Race of Helminthogypta Traski from Lower Cali-
fornia. By E. P. Chace 60

Helix Pomatia Linne in Jackson, Michigan. By A. F.
Archer 61

Monadenia Semialba Henderson. By Walter J. Eyerdam 63

Further Notes upon Tertiary and Recent Mollusks from
Florida together with Descriptions of New Species. By
Maxwell Smith 65

The Seventh Annual Meeting of the American Malacological
Union of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan,
August 3 to 5, 1937 68

Notes 71

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila-
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbey and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Beprints are furnished at printer 's rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6.00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers: 50 for $2.50; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50 ; $1.20 for 100.

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,
Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Paul P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl 'd, Detroit, Mich.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially Vols.
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

Prof. C. M. Steenberg, University of Copenhagen,

Norregade 10, Denmark

For Exchange: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to
me. Please send full list of duplicates when writing.

Miguel L. Jaume, Calle 6 No. 24%, Vedado-Habana, Cuba.

Wanted: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or
varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona,
Mexico, and South America.

F. C. Baker, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois,

Urbana, 111.
(Continued on p. in)

THE NAUTILUS 111

For Exchange: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and

tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to:

J. L. Staid, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.

For Exchange: Southern California shells. Please send list of duplicates

when writing. W. G. Lehmann,

Box 222, Corona del Mar, California, U. S. A.

A Million of Pacific Coast shells for exchange.
Aldrich Museum, Balboa, Cal.

WANTED TO PURCHASE

WALTER F. WEBB,
202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

WALTER F. WEBB
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS:

If you will send to me a Johnson check list with the specimens you espe-
cially desire checked off, or indicated, I will place your name on my ''serve
in proper turn list." This will fix matters so that you may secure some
of the more rare species being turned up from time to time by The Frank
Lyman Family. Your check list will be promptly returned. Fifty per
cent discount is allowed to all Public Museums. No exchanges are made.
All specimens sent on approval. If your wants are few a letter stating
species desired will serve as well as a check list. Write today.

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

SPECIALIZING

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled
in order of receipt. Address the author:

MAXWELL SMITH,
Lantana, Florida

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph
of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Department of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861
SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE

Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for
Reference and as Check-Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(Eate SOWERBY & FULTON)

27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England

A General Index to THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS

HORACE B. BAKER, Zool. Lab., University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pa.

Vol. 51 JANUARY, 1938 No. 3

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUARTERLY
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS :

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca,
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia

H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology,
University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

Review of Florida Chamidae, By H. A. Pilsbry and Tom

McGinty 73

Three New Subspecies of Helminthoglypta Arrosa (Gould).

By Allyn G. Smith 79

Nomenclature of Onchidiidae. By H. Burrington Baker 85

Further Notes upon Tertiary and Recent Mollusks from
Florida, with Descriptions of New Species. By Maxwell
Smith 88

Notes on "American Conchology" by Thomas Say, with
Special Reference to the Seventh Part, Edited by T. A.
Conrad. By H. E. Wheeler 91

Junius Henderson. By T. D. A. Cockerell 97

Extended Ranges of Seventy-Five Species of North Pacific
Shells Collected by Walter J. Eyerdam and Ingvard
Norberg. By Walter J. Eyerdam 100

Notes 104

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila-
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

11 THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbey and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).
Typescript should be double spaced.

Reprints are furnished at printer 's rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6.00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers : 50 for $2.50 ; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially Vols.
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

Prof. C. M. Steenberg, University of Copenhagen,

Nbrregade 10, Denmark

For Exchange: Key West and lower Florida Keys marine and land shells.
Mrs. Mario V. Calleja, 1117 Fleming Street,

Key West, Fla.

Wanted: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or
varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona,
Mexico, and South America.

F. C. Baker, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois,

Urbana, 111.
(Continued on p. Hi)

THE NAUTILUS 111

Fob Exchange: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and
tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to:
J. L. Staed, 123 Eue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.
West Coast Shells for sale or exchange. My list sent on request.

Tom Burch, 1611 South Elena Avenue,

Eedondo Beach, California

WANTED TO PURCHASE

WALTER F. WEBB,
202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

WALTER F. WEBB
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS:

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

SPECIALIZING

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled
in order of receipt. Address the author:

MAXWELL SMITH,
Lautana, Florida

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph
of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Department of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861
SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE

Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for
Reference and as Check -Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(Late SOWERBY & FULTON)

27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England

A General Index to THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS

HORACE B. BAKER, Zool. Lab., University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pa.

Vol. 51 APRIL, 1938 No. 4

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUAETEELY
DEVOTED TO THE INTEEESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS :

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia

H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology,

University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

A New Species of Oliva from Santa Domingo, with Notes on

other Marine Forms. By William J. Clench 109

A New Subspecies of Solaropsis Gibboni from Brazil. By

Joseph Bequaert and W. J. Clench 115

On the History and Status of Lora Gistel. By H. A. Pilsbry 115

Pecten Pugetensis at Newport Bay, California. By Wendell

0. Gregg 118

A Giant Race of Helminthoglypta from Tulare Co., Cali-
fornia. By Clifford C. Church and Allyn G. Smith 119

Extended Ranges of North Pacific Shells. By Walter J.

Eyerdam 122

New Land and Freshwater Mollusca from the Upper Pliocene
of Kansas and a New Species of Gyraulus from Early
Pleistocene Strata. By Frank C. Baker 126

A New Anguispira from Kentucky. By Leslie Hubricht 131

On the Occurrence of Helix Lactea Miiller in North America.

By Henry Van Der Schalie 132

Remarks on Some of Dr. Paul Bartsch's Experiments. By

Henry Van Der Schalie 134

A New Species of Polygyra from the Great Smoky Moun-
tains, North Carolina. By Allan F. Archer 135

Notes on Hygromia Striolata (Pfr.) at Toronto, Canada.

By John Oughton 137

Additional Data on Copies of Say's American Conchology.

By H. E. Wheeler 140

Dr. Emmet Rixford 141

Robert Swift 142

Notes and News 143

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HOEACE B. BAKEE, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila-
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-
lished by Henry A. Pilsbey and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).
Typescript should be double spaced.

Beprints are furnished at printer 's rates. Orders should be written on or
attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6.00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers : 50 for $2.50 ; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100.

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.
Imogene C. Bobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,
Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Paul P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially Vols.
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

Prof. C. M. Steenberg, University of Copenhagen,

Norregade 10, Denmark

For Exchange: Key West and lower Florida Keys marine and land shells.
Mrs. Mario V. Calleja, 1117 Fleming Street,

Key West, Fla.

Exchange Notice: I exchange European land and freshwater shells and
from the territory of Poland for oversea specimens. I exchange always
very good samples and I can supply the collection of the Polish forms
of land and freshwater mollusks.

Adolf Sitsch, Badomyil nad Sanem, Lubelska 35, Poland.
(Continued on p. Hi)

THE NAUTILUS 111

Fob Exchange: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and
tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to:
J. L. Staed, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.
West Coast Shells for sale or exchange. My list sent on request.

Tom Bukch, 1611 South Elena Avenue,

Redondo Beach, California

HANDBOOK FOR SHELL COLLECTORS

2,200 illustrations and descriptions, prices they are usually sold for and much
other valuable matter. How to properly clean shells, approximate number of
species under the genera treated. Price $2.50 prepaid. Also a special U.S.A.
book covering marine shells on both coasts, some land shells, invertebrates,
etc., paper bound only $1.00.

I have 25,000 species of shells in stock properly classified and sold for the
most reasonable prices. Boxes on approval and selection as often as you wish.
Shells have been my hobby since 1893 and I expect I have followed it farther
and spent more real cash on them than any one now living in this country.
Let me hear from you if you mean business.

Walter F. Webb
202 Westminster Road Rochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

WALTER F. WEBB
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS:

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

SPECIALIZING

FRANK B. LYMAN,
Lantana, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled
in order of receipt. Address the author:

MAXWELL SMITH,
Lantana, Florida

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph
of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Department of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861
SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE

Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for
Reference and as Check-Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(Late SOWERBY & FUL.TON)

27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England

FLORIDA TREE SHELLS

FOB SAI.E— Collection of the late Charles A. Mosier. More than 17,000
Florida tree snails of the genus Liguus. Collected from 1911-1936, this collec-
tion cannot be duplicated. Many species extinct, many localities burned over
or destroyed. Many others where most beautiful species found are being quickly
wiped out by ardent collectors.

Contains many rare shells, including most known species and color forms of
Florida Liguus and one undescribed species. Shells in beautiful condition with
accurate localities and dates. Collection may be split equally in two parts as
to species and localities, provided buyer found for both.

If interested write

W. Donald Thomas care of Mrs. Charles Mosier
3902 NW 3rd Ave., Miami, Fla.

MBL/WHOI LIBRARV

UH 17XC G

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The Nautilus"

See other formats